

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="es">
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Abaranao</id>
		<title>Wikiexplora - Contribuciones del usuario [es]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Abaranao"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/Especial:Contribuciones/Abaranao"/>
		<updated>2026-10-03T15:03:16Z</updated>
		<subtitle>Contribuciones del usuario</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.26.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Piedra_Numerada&amp;diff=79417</id>
		<title>ENG:Piedra Numerada</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Piedra_Numerada&amp;diff=79417"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:58:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: Página creada con «{{Google Translate}} ES:Piedra Numerada {{Indexada}} category:KMZconTrack {{RutaForme |Actividad=Trekking, Randonnée |País=Chile |CiudadesChile=Santiago |VallesSt...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Piedra Numerada]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Trekking, Randonnée&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Laguna&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Circuito&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=26116&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1107&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=518&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=Distancia desde Centro La Parva&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=3316&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33,316986&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70,264330&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud2=-33,310625&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud2=-70,243645&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Piedra Numerada (6).jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=From the small plain before beginning the descent towards the Cepo valley. 9/9/07&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1U0Wd4_CWFqUPKjdcMGosvk2SlTnuCGe2&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Piedra_numerada.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|red|Caminata a Piedra Numerada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|blue|Otras rutas en el sector. [[Travesía_Federación_-_Cancha_de_Carreras|Federación - Cancha Carrera]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|pink|Alternativa de extensión de esta ruta. [[Travesía_Federación_-_Cancha_de_Carreras|Federación - Cancha Carrera]], [[Base_del_Cerro_Plomo|Base del Cerro Plomo]] }}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|yellow|Rutas de ascensiones: [[Cerro_El_Plomo|El Plomo]], [[Cerro_Leonera|Leonera]], [[Cerro_Pintor|Pintor]], [[Cerro_La_Parva|Parva]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|green|Rutas vehiculares}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|black|Andariveles}}&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=hybrid&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Climograma_farellones.png|thumb|left|Climate graph of Farellones, point near this route]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
* '' 'Trekking' '': Between December and April.&lt;br /&gt;
* '' 'Randonnée' '': From June to, normally, the first half of October.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Mapa_acceso_olivares_por_cepo.jpg| thumb | Map of access to the ski centers of the central valley. The lower green star marks Valle Nevado, and the upper one La Parva]]&lt;br /&gt;
==In Car==&lt;br /&gt;
From Santiago, take the G-21 paved road towards the ski centers and the Los Bronces mine. It is 15.8 kilometers to the fork that leads to the mine, measured from the Terpel gas station located at the end of Avenida Las Condes (natural meeting point for skiers, cyclists and mountaineers going into the valley). In this junction, you should take the right, and continue on a very narrow paved road, which ascends steeply by steep curves. There is little protection, so in winter it should be handled with caution. There are an additional 16 kilometers along this mountain road to the town of Farellones, at turn 40, located 32 kilometers from Santiago. From Farellones there are 13 kilometers more along a path that goes up several more corners until 3025 meters above sea level at the Hotel de Valle Navado, where there is an extensive parking lot.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Piedra Numerada (9).jpg|thumb| Valle del Cepo from Piedra Numerada. September 9, 2007]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_Valle_Nevado-Piedra_Numerada.png | thumb | Altitudinal profile of the route. The two pronounced ascents correspond to the two lifts that it is possible to take to make the &amp;quot;light&amp;quot; version of this route]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Transporte publico centros ski Santiago}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can start this route from Valle Nevado or La Parva. Kilometer 0 was defined as the point of union of these trails that corresponds to the reservoir located on the Tres Puntas de Valle Nevado track.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Section: Valle Nevado - Embalse ===&lt;br /&gt;
[Archivo:Pistas Valle Nevado2.jpg|thumb|left| Map of Valle Nevado tracks. The red circle indicates the exit that starts the treks [[Numbered Stone]] and [[Base of the Lead Hill | Lead Base Camp]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Accesos Hotel Valle Nevado - Embalse de Puntas}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Section: La Parva - Embalse ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Acceso_La_Parva.jpg| thumb | Map of access to Laguna Piuquenes / Portezuelo Franciscano from La Parva]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Acceso La Parva-Laguna Piuquenes}}&lt;br /&gt;
==== Piuquenes Lagoon - Tres Puntas Reservoir ====&lt;br /&gt;
=== Section 2: Reservoir - Numbered Stone ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Piedra Numerada2.jpg| thumb | 500px | Piedra Numerada from Primer mirador. Point 2 of the map]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Piedra_Numerada_por_Carlos_Hevia_Patagon_Journal.jpg| thumb | 500px | Piedra Numerada, by Carlos Hevia, Patagon Journal]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Embalse tres puntas a Piedra Numerada}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you still have courage, this trek can be complemented with the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
* Continue to [[Base of Cerro Plomo | Base camp of Cerro Plomo]]. It will require 1 day and a half or 1 day long.&lt;br /&gt;
* Complete the circuit [[Federation Crossing - Race Track | Piedra Numerada - Cancha Carrera - La Parva]] passing through the base camp of Cerro El Plomo. It takes 1 day and a half or 1 day long.&lt;br /&gt;
* Climb the [[Cerro El Plomo]]. It requires 3 days, minimum!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* '' 'Trekking' '': Consider four hours round trip.&lt;br /&gt;
* '' 'Randonnée' '': At a normal pace, this route should take about 5 hours round trip, taking the lifts. If they are not taken, consider about two additional hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
* This route does not require permissions. It's free if the lifts are not used. If they are used, there are two possibilities: to convince the operators of a free ride, or to pay the expensive tickets (the winter 2016: $ 45,000 in high season, $ 30,000 in low season). This second option has the obvious advantage of allowing skiing in this wonderful ski center once the route has been completed. See possible changes in prices [http://www.vallenevado.cl/tickets.precios.php here].&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Checklist|Checklist de equipo tipo 1: ruta de baja altitud, sin acampe, nieve ni frío}}&lt;br /&gt;
* The vehicular road, especially the section from Farellones to Valle Nevado, usually presents ice in its shadier sections, so it must be driven with special caution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Immediately after a snowfall, the road from Farellones to Valle Nevado may be impassable.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Mulas sector farellones}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File: Piedra Numerada.jpg| From the Tres Puntas lifeline. 9/9/07&lt;br /&gt;
File:Piedra Numerada (2).jpg| View of the section of the route after the crossing of the stream 9/9/07&lt;br /&gt;
File:Piedra Numerada (4).jpg| False Parva to the north. 9/9/07&lt;br /&gt;
File:Piedra Numerada (5).jpg| Before going down to the ravine. 9/9/07&lt;br /&gt;
File:Piedra Numerada (7).jpg| Numbered Stone. 9/9/07&lt;br /&gt;
File:Piedra Numerada (8).jpg| Cepo Valley down from Piedra Numbered. 9/9/07&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cerro_el_plomo_.JPG| Path to Cerro El Plomo. Image: '' '[http://www.joseguridi.cl/ José Guridi]' ''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Weather Forecast ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{AccuWeatherValleMapocho}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Laguna_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79416</id>
		<title>ENG:Laguna Cerro Castillo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Laguna_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79416"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:19:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Laguna Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Trapananda]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Borrador}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Trekking&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Coyhaique&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Laguna, Formación Geológica&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|RequiereHabilidadTrek=No requiere&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Insuficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-46.112290&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-72.157087&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=14400&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1096&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=62&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=799&lt;br /&gt;
|EsGratis=Sí&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Anónimo&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Laguna_Cerro_Castillo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Laguna Cerro Castillo. Autor: Patagonia por Descubrir&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1WxNn-0kRUHFr6LxGokIt1oTqw199c-b1&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Laguna Cerro Castillo.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Trekking a la Laguna del Cerro Castillo&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
November to April. December is an excellent month, because the weather is better, the days are long and there are not as many tourists as in January and February.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the winter months, it is a cold route, and with enough snow in the upper section.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image: 2009 02270503.JPG| thumb | Laguna Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Cerro Castillo is located 97 kilometers south of Coyhaique by the southern highway. The entire route is paved. Consider an hour and a half of travel, since there is a cost in between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Public transport ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following bus lines make routes from Coyhaique heading south on the southern highway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Buses de coyhaique al sur}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
  PENDING&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_laguna_cerro_castillo.PNG|frame|center|Perfil de la ruta a la Laguna del Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Sin permisos}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Neozelandes_Camp,_RN_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79415</id>
		<title>ENG:Neozelandes Camp, RN Cerro Castillo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Neozelandes_Camp,_RN_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79415"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:16:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Campamento Neozelandés, Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Trapananda]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Trekking&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Coyhaique&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Impresionante&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Bosque, Formación Geológica, Parque Nacional&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=2 días&lt;br /&gt;
|RequiereHabilidadTrek=No requiere&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Suficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Camping&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=15700&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=900&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=50&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=770&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Hellwigtobi|Tobias Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Punta_Duff.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Vista de la Punta Duff, una de las tantas impresionantes montañas de roca que rodean el valle del Campamento Neozelandés. Foto: [[Usuario:Hellwigtobi|Tobias Hellwig]].&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1ogy1Q7CCHTsKRrJV3bwkVTSNGLAwY3qN&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Campamento_Neozelandes.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Perfil_altitud.png|thumb|Perfil de altitudes del sendero. Notar el gran desnivel de 900 metros verticales. Click para agrandar]][[Archivo:Sendero_Valle_Parada.jpg|thumb|Sendero subiendo por el valle del Estero Parada rumbo al Campamento Neozelandés. Atrás asoma el Cerro Palo y Cerro Chocolate. Foto: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Sendero_en_Bosque_Valle_Parada.jpg|thumb|Sendero al interior del bosque de Lengas pasado el campamento Porteadores. Foto: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Claro_antes_de_Campamento_Neozelandés.jpg|thumb|Claro en el bosque antes de llegar al Campamento Neozelandés. El Cerro del Fondo es la Punta Duff. Foto: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
== General Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
World famous is Cerro Cerro Castillo, clear star of the eyes of all visitors to the reserve of the same name. However, behind this colossus there is a valley that dazzles with great mountains of rock and fantastic landscapes. It is the valley of the estuary Parada, which, because it is usually at the end of the [[Cerro Castillo Circuit]] is overlooked by most of the walkers. However, this valley deserves the detour or even be the objective of an own excursion to enjoy this fantastic world of mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The New Zealand Camp is also the base camp to ascend to all the mountains of the sector; Cerro Palo, Cerro Chocolate, Punta Duff and Cerro Castillo, among many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. In the summer months, the trail is clearly marked in the forest, while in winter it is common for snow cover the forest from the Porters' Camp, being recommended only in case of having the necessary equipment and experience for these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Cerros_Palo_y_Chocolate_desde_Neozelandes.jpg | thumb | 400px | Cerros Palos y Chocolate seen from the estuary stop next to the New Zealander Camp. Photo: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Acceso neozelandes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ruta neozelandes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent to the New Zealand Camp will take about 4.5 hours of walking including their respective breaks to enjoy the landscape. It is possible to make the excursion for the day from Cerro Castillo, however it is recommended to consider two days due to the demanding of the route, which has a total height of almost 1000 vertical meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Final_del_Valle_Parada.jpg | thumb | View of the end of the Estero Valley Stop above the New Zealand Camp from the top of Cerro Chocolate. Note that Laguna Duff is frozen and covered in snow.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Estero Parada valley is part of the Cerro Castillo National Reserve, there is no control of CONAF in access to this trail. However, it is recommended to record the visit and pay the entrance to the park administration located on the road Coyhaique - Villa Cerro Castillo after the Chiguay lagoon. In the New Zealand Camp it is likely to find CONAF park rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Plantilla:Tarifas castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hire Guides ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Guias castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{checklist|Checklist de equipo tipo 4: ruta de baja altitud, sin nieve ni frío, con acampe}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take your trash and whatever you find. No one else will do it for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid making fire. If necessary, extreme precautions due to strong winds and abundant plant matter. These forests have still been saved from fires. Do not be the one to burn them!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File: Valle_Río_Ibañez_desde_sendero.jpg| View of the Ibañez River Valley after the first sharp turn (Zig-Zag).&lt;br /&gt;
File: Campamento_Neozelandes_Invierno.jpg| Arrival at the New Zealand Winter Camp: August 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cerro_Castillo_desde_Campamento_Neozelandés.jpg| The needles of Cerro Castillo seen from the New Zealander Camp in August of 2017. Photo: [[User: Hellwigtobi | Tobias Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
File: Campamento_Neozelandes_2.jpg| New Zealander camp under big Lengs that protect from strong winds. Photo: Marco Poblete&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Trekking_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79414</id>
		<title>ENG:Trekking Cerro Castillo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Trekking_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79414"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:12:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Trekking Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Trapananda]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{anuncio|contenido=This trek is part of the [[Greater Patagonian Trail]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Trekking&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Coyhaique&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Laguna, Formación Geológica&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=4 días&lt;br /&gt;
|RequiereHabilidadTrek=No requiere&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Cruce&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=47250&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=2334&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=2805&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=897&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Sebastián Leyton&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=2009 02270512.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Castillo, subiendo desde la laguna&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Trekking_Cerro_Castillo.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa={{colores|red|Día 1: Las Horquetas Grandes (Laguna Chiguay) – Camping Río Turbio}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|yellow|Día 2: Camping Río Turbio – Laguna Cerro Castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|blue|Día 3: Laguna Cerro Castillo – Campamento Porteadores}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|orange|Día 4: Campamento Porteadores – Villa Cerro Castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|red|Desvío a [[Campamento Neozelandés]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-45,980775&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-71,954897&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1h41RC20L4DRkUemb0DkSBHdM33GsiiXl&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hacia Campamento Rio Turbio.JPG|thumb|Camino hacia el Campamento Río Turbio]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:2009 02270400.JPG|thumb|Vista del Macizo durante la caminata del día 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Saliendo de Rio Turbio.JPG|thumb|Saliendo de campamento Río Turbio hacia el paso El Peñón]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:El Paso1 2013.JPG|thumb|Paso El Peñón con Mucha Nieve: Octubre 2013]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Camino a la laguna.JPG|thumb|Caminando hacia la laguna. Octubre 2013]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro-castillo-paisajes.jpg|thumb|Las dramáticas vistas al aproximarse al Cerro Castillo. 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:2009 02270503.JPG|thumb|Laguna Cerro Castillo]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna_Cerro_Castillo.jpg|thumb|Laguna Cerro Castillo. Autor: Patagonia por Descubrir]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Morrena-Cerro-Castillo.jpg|thumb|Vista desde el punto más alto de la morrena del antiguo glaciar del Cerro Castillo. Se aprecia en una sola toma, todo el recorrido necesario para llegar a ese punto.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Punto-alto-cerro-castillo.jpg|thumb|También desde el punto más alto del recorrido se puede apreciar, en un buen día, el serpentear de la carretera Austral. 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Arcoiris.jpg|thumb|Llegando al mirador de la laguna. Se observa la cuenca del río Ibañez. Enero 2017.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Vista-lgc.jpg|thumb|En un día despejado, desde el punto más alto del recorrido podemos apreciar, muy a lo lejos, las aguas del gigantesco Lago General Carrera. 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why go ==&lt;br /&gt;
The '' 'Cerro Castillo Crossing' '' is one of the best treks in Chile. Go through places with beautiful views of the Cerro Castillo massif with its glaciers, which dominates the northern sector of General Carrera Lake. In addition, there are panoramic views of the Turbio River and the Ibáñez River. In agreement with the National Park where it is located, there are probabilities of spotting huemules, even sometimes near the trail. The road passes through large forests of lengas, portezuelos and glaciers, which gives great variety to the landscape. CONAF has enabled campsites and basic services along the trail, which facilitates the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ideal Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
The best date is between the end of December to March, since before that it is probable to find snow and very cold in the highest sectors of the trek. Recommended if done before December, bring snowshoes; and for all occasions, always carry sticks, as they help a lot to cross the cliffs, rivers and stones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of this trek is the Carretera Austral, while it crosses the Cerro Castillo National Park, approximately 70 kilometers from Coyhaique. The exact starting point is Las Horquetas Grandes (place where the road has a U-bend). If you want to leave the vehicle parked there it is necessary to pass the U-bend to be able to turn right to the access point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between March and December, you must first go to the CONAF Laguna Chiguay Nursery (7.5 km further north from the starting point along the Carretera Austral) to give notice of the pertinent information, as well as to pay the entrance to the Park. In summer, a Conaf post is installed 500 meters from the entrance of the path. It is important to pay the entrance so that the Park can continue to reinforce its work such as reforestation with native forest (a theme in all of Aysén). If you have little money, the ranger will be willing to help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Public transport ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Acceso Cerro Castillo transporte publico}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since December 2018 there is a new concession that charges {{pesos to dollars | 23500}} per person when entering through Las Horquetas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prior Notice ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the route is marked with red and white paint in sign =, being a red and a white line; and there are also some species of metallic flags with reflectors of the same colors, so be careful with this, since it helps a lot, especially in the stony parts of the riverbanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We must also pay attention to the marks left by the same mountaineers, small piles of broken stones, to point the way. If during the trip a route is not very clear, it costs nothing to make a new pile of stone, to help those who will come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day One: Big Horquetas (Laguna Chiguay) - Río Turbio Camping ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_cerro_castillo.PNG|thumb|center|750px| Profile of the trekking circuit of Cerro Castillo. The red vertical lines separate the days]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal is to start this day early, since the path is quite extensive. If you start from Laguna Chiguay, it adds up to one hour more to the walk, to take it into account. The starting point is very clear from the road, at a point that it makes a very pronounced U inverted and you see a deep valley to the west side of the road: there is a green sign of the &amp;quot;Chilean Trail&amp;quot;. The corresponding gate must be crossed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following a path for 4 x 4 (the first day will be almost always along this path, which park rangers use in their vehicles), about 50 meters further on you have to cross a stream through a bridge of sticks about 20 meters above the track. The road runs along the left bank of the river, to be found after a few minutes with a CONAF booth where one can register, receive a map and pay the entrance to the park. It continues through spaces from which the forest for livestock has been cleared. In consideration of the cattle, do not open the gates, since all were placed a small ladder on the right side, to allow the passage of hikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that half hour, the trek goes through a clear path, passing through a house with stables to enter a forest surrounded by lengas for approximately one hour. At this point you go down towards small meadows with cattle, and you must walk straight until you find a stream. Beware of making mistakes, the correct path is found because you can see the gate on the other bank. To wade, it is best to take off your shoes and cross the river (recomandable carry a few shawls to cross, because the stones are slippery: eye to lose the chalas), which takes about 10 minutes, no more. The water reaches the knees, so it is not that difficult. From this point you should already be able to see Cerro Castillo and its glaciers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the gate, the road continues similarly as cattle pastures, without major difficulties. After an hour you must cross a new stream, in this case to be placed on the right side (north) of said water course, after another 45 minutes have to cross another stream. In total there are many streams in this path, which each time take a more ferrous color. Depending on the fluvial conditions of the time it is possible to cross them on the trunks or rocks arranged there, otherwise, you have to take off your shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, the path continues through a forest of lenga trees of great size, so that after an hour you can see, below, a lagoon on the left. From this point, after about 30 to 45 minutes you will arrive at a campsite enabled by CONAF, with a cabin for the park ranger, tables, places to make fire and a latrine. The place is beautiful, since one is surrounded by lengas of about 15 to 20 meters high. If there are no more energies, one should stop here, but it is worth moving on to shorten the next day's walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After this CONAF campsite, you have to continue along the route until you reach Río Turbio, which is unmistakable due to the amount of material dragged by the water. In the background, towards the south west is unmistakable the pass through which the next day will have to pass. One should continue along the river bank to the left, guided by yellow metal signs, similar to a yielding step. At this point, one should see a sign carved in wood that indicates a campsite, however you have to continue about 10 minutes later to reach the place with tables and latrine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The walk lasts about 6 to 7 hours from Las Horquetas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day Two: Río Turbio - Camping Estero del Bosque ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the most intense day of trekking, and the only possible camping is at the end of the route, since you have to cross a pass. After CONAF camping, continue along the south side of the river, until the route begins to ascend through the lenga forest, becoming increasingly steep and consequently disappearing forest. When crossing a small waterfall located in a clearing of the forest product of ancient landslides, it is good a rest, because it really goes up a lot. From now on there is no more forest and the river is crossed, already transformed into small water courses, to continue climbing by loose rocks, (follow the marks or the piles of stones) to arrive after about 90 to 120 minutes to the pass. .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pass is basically a passage between two mountains to the other side of the mountain range. The portezuelo is long, it is very boxed, it is very narrow and there is usually a lot of wind so you have to keep warm. From now on they are only stones, so the canes take great importance. The wind can make the rocks roll, so be very careful with this. On both sides of the port, you can see beautiful rock figures, incredibly vertical. From time to time it is good to look back to have a panoramic view of the Turbio River. Finally, when you reach the south mouth of the pass you can see the lagoon in the distance (on the right, like a calm celestial well), but one usually focuses on the El Peñón glacier and mountain on the right. Recommended to photograph and rest in this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the road falls abruptly (beware of falls), so in many sections you have to dare and invent a route to continue downhill until you reach the stream that starts as waterfalls from the hanging glacier. Eye that really under the stones there is a glacier, not land, so it is easy for them to slip or have cracks. It follows along the south side of the stream a long stony path, until finally one ends up going into a dense forest of lengas, until literally the path ends, which is a sign of crossing the stream. There is a wooden bridge that facilitates this task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continue along the north bank, almost traveling west, to get to a place where you can take some pictures with the glacier and then sign with the camping sign that says &amp;quot;Camping Estero del Bosque&amp;quot;, in the middle of a sector of large trees dead, with their trunks still standing as witnesses. You reach the west arm of the forest estuary (comes from the lagoon) and the route goes up by its north bank, to arrive after about 25 minutes to Estero del Bosque campsite. From the gate to the campsite should be 2 1/2 to 3 hours (with detention time included to take pictures before the Glacier El Peñón). The total route should take about 6 hours, where the last ones are the most intense due to the descent and fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have started early, it is recommended to continue for about 1.5 hours until the La Tetera camp (2 km and 300 meters of altitude), where you can rest with unbeatable views of El Peñón hill and glacier, as well as Cerro Castillo. In addition you earn time for the next day's route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day Three: Camping Estero del Bosque - Laguna Cerro Castillo - Camp Porteadores ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed route proposes a quiet itinerary, going up to Cerro Castillo Lagoon and going down only half the way to camp at Campamento Porteadores. There is the possibility of, at that point, diverting an additional hour and a half up valley to visit the Estero valley stop, where the [[Neozelandes Camp, RN Cerro Castillo | New Zealand Camp]] is located, for which camping is recommended the second night at La Tetera campsite instead of at El Bosque. Another alternative for the strongest walkers is to continue descending to arrive, in a day, until Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 10 minutes after camping El Bosque you have to cross an arm of the estuary by a bridge. From this point the path continues up through the lengas forest for about 90 minutes until the forest begins to finish. Among these last remnants of the forest, is the campsite La Tetera, to camp on the upper side of the route, with Cerro Castillo very close, but that does not offer basic services. La Laguna is about 15 minutes walk from this place, bordering the river that is born just from this same lagoon. There is an impressive view of the Glacier and Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route continues on the south side of the lagoon climbing steeply for about 1 hour, through rocks. Beware of this part, to avoid kinks and falls to reach a plain, where you can appreciate the beauty of the color of the lagoon and Cerro Castillo on it spilling its glacier. One should look towards the south side (towards the opposite side of the lagoon). This plain is the wide pass between two hills, from where one has a great panoramic view of the northern sector of General Carrera Lake, Villa Cerro Castillo, the austral highway , Ibañez River, (left) north ice fields and Hudson Volcano (right). It is worth to sit and contemplate and admire this view for its good minutes. In addition, in this sector there is cell signal (entel).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From here you can go down to Villa Cerro Castillo, by a path clearly marked by the left side facing the valley of the Ibáñez River and where there is much more traffic of people. The descent is not so long if a little steep, takes about 3 hours and a half, normal pace, to the town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the enthusiasts, one can go back and continue the ascent for about an hour in a west-northwest direction, to reach a new pass that in this case faces the valley of the Estero Parada. Supposedly, from this point there is a path that goes through the upper margin of the forest to reach the New Zealand Camp that saves the long descent to the Porters' Camp, however it is not an official path the marks have been lost over the years. That is why it is recommended to go down following the red marks that correspond to the official trail. The descent is long, steep, loose and very exhausting. Once arrived at a small plot of land on the edge of the forest, the path becomes more easily recognized again, continuing now not through the edge of the hill but directly towards the valley of the standing estuary. After about 45 minutes from the beginning of the forest, you will reach the path that goes up to the [[New Zealand Camp, RN Cerro Castillo | New Zealand Camp]]. To access the Porteadores camp you must turn right and after about 50 meters, on the other side of the stream, you will find the small shelter and a table of the Porters' Camp. Until this place they are around 4 hours of walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended to continue the trail up the valley stop to visit the [[Neozelandes Camp, RN Cerro Castillo | New Zealand Camp]], from where fantastic views of the valley of great mountains are obtained. They are about 1.5 additional hours until this camp walking through a beautiful Lengas forest. The detour is well worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day Four: Camp Porters - Villa Cerro Castillo ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Camp Porteadores you must continue down the valley following the path that is clearly marked. There are even some wooden benches strategically placed with the best views of the Parada River Valley and Cerro Palo. In about 45 minutes you reach the limit of the Reserve where you must cross the fence. A half hour later a gate is crossed, which must be left closed, then down a zig zag the last steep slope to the shore of the Estero Parada to finally continue through meadows that gently descend to the vehicular road. There are several tracks in these meadows, however you should always continue down to the south to find the path. When viewing a large rock in the middle of the meadow, it is recommended to deviate a little to the right, towards the river, to be able to exit to the vehicular road on the bed of this one and avoid passing through the houses. At this point there is a cell phone signal to coordinate a transport from Villa Cerro Castillo, otherwise you must follow the 6.3 kilometers by vehicular road (about 90 to 120 minutes) until you reach Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Camp Porteadores they are around three hours to Villa Cerro Castillo. They deserve a good meal, in the restaurant before arriving at the town, or in the post that is on the right of the road when arriving at the Villa, which is an old bus. In the town there are more options, such as complete, bread dough, and craft beer &amp;quot;Caiquén&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Checklist | Type 4 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without snow or cold, with camping}} In summer, of course. In winter or spring, consider [[Checklists_for_trekking_and_montañismo # Checklist_of_equipo_tipo_4: _route_con_nieve_y_acampe | Checklist of equipment type 4: route with snow and camping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Bring good sunblock, sunglasses with UV filter and hat to cover the sun. UV radiation is high and it is easy to get sunburned.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bring a good pair of sandals to cross the estuaries&lt;br /&gt;
* Take trekking poles, very useful for some descents and crosses of estuaries&lt;br /&gt;
* It is DIFFICULT to make a toe in Villa Cerro Castillo to the south, especially in high season. It is advisable to leave the route early and take the buses that come from Coyhaique / Ibáñez and go to Puerto Tranquilo, with amounts ranging between 5 and 10 thousand pesos per passage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hire guides ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Turismo Tresmil, Claudio Rey - Cochrane, (09) 94746239), (09) 85485839, info@turismotresmil.cl, website [http://www.turismotresmil.cl Turismo Tresmil], Facebook [https: // www. facebook.com/turismotresmil Turismo Tresmil], Instagram [https://www.instagram.com/turismotresmil Turismo Tresmil]&lt;br /&gt;
* Jimmy Valdés, Lord Patagonia Audiovisual and Tourist Services - Cochrane: Lago Brown 388; (09) 84252419; lordpatagonia@gmail.com Website [http://www.lordpatagonia.cl Lord Patagonia]&lt;br /&gt;
* Pascual Díaz, Turismo Kalem - Puerto Guadal: Los Alerces 557; (067) 2431289; (09) 88112535; turismokalempatagonia@gmail.com; Facebook: [https://www.facebook.com/pages/TURISMO-KALEM-PATAGONIA/239900892761959 Tourism Kalem Patagonia]&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File: Paso_el_Peñon.JPG| Paso el Peñón at the end of October 2013. A lot of Soft Snow&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cerro-castillo-paisajes.jpg| The dramatic views as you approach Cerro Castillo. 2015&lt;br /&gt;
File: 2009 02270555.JPG| The northern sector of Cerro Castillo has been affected for some years by a plague of cuncunas, which are devoured year after year by trees. The plague advances and the cuncunas that are in the middle, die of hunger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79413</id>
		<title>Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79413"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:08:42Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForm2&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Época adecuada== &lt;br /&gt;
Todo el año. Ideal inmediatamente después de una lluvia, cuando el aire está limpio y la cordillera nevada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dificultad==&lt;br /&gt;
Parte importante del ascenso transcurre por una ladera que gana altura rápidamente. Para personas sin experiencia ni buen estado físico ésto implica un esfuerzo físico alto, mientras que para personas con experiencia en cerros o deportistas el nivel de dificultad física será mediana.&lt;br /&gt;
Existen zonas, con pendiente alta cuya y con tierra compacta, donde muchas personas tendrán dificultades para pasar, sin embargo con algo de cuidado y ayuda todos lo logran.&lt;br /&gt;
==Acceso==&lt;br /&gt;
===En vehículo===&lt;br /&gt;
Desde la Rotonda Lo Curro se debe tomar la Av. Santa María hacia el oriente. Después de recorrer poco menos de 1 km se dobla hacia la izquierda para tomar la calle Gran Vía. Esta comienza a remontar la ladera del cerro y después de 1,5 km se debe doblar a mano izquierda (existe una señalización con una luz que parpadea, una caseta de guardia y una barrera) para tomar la calle Vía Roja. Se sigue por esta unos 500m y se dobla a la derecha en una curva bastante cerrada (sigue siendo la Vía Roja). Luego se continúa por unos 800m y se vuelve a doblar, esta vez a la izquierda (de nuevo una curva cerrada y que sigue siendo la Vía Roja). Se continúa unos 700m y se vuelve a doblar hacia la derecha por la Vía Gris, por donde se continúa por otros 300m. Por último se dobla hacia la izquierda (por la Vía Roja) para finalmente avanzar unos 900m y después de una curva, a mano izquierda, encontrar la pasada hacía el cerro junto a los estacionamientos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nota''': Solo hay 20 estacionamientos habilitados por la Municipalidad de Vitacura, por lo que sábados, domingos y festivos en la mañana es muy probable no poder estacionar. Una opción es estacionar bastante más abajo. La otra, tomar el bus que para estos efectos ha dispuesto la municipalidad (ver sección siguiente).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===En transporte público y autostop===&lt;br /&gt;
Sólo hay buses de Transantiago hasta la Rotonda de Lo Curro (Avenida Louis Pasteur con Avenida Santa María) o hasta Avenida Santa María esquina Gran Vía. Se debe tomar el alimentador C14 desde la estación de Metro de Escuela Militar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desde la Rotonda Lo Curro o desde la estación de Metro Escuela Militar es posible tomar un colectivo hasta el punto de partida, el precio desde escuela militar al inicio del cerro son $2600 (agosto 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hay buses de acercamiento facilitados por la municipalidad, partiendo del Unimarc de la rotonda de Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Horarios en: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html este link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descripción de la ruta==&lt;br /&gt;
Desde los estacionamientos de Vía Roja (1054 msnm) se avanza por un sendero ancho hacia el noroeste, que se interna desde la berma del camino pavimentado &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al comienzo la pendiente es más bien suave. A los pocos metros, se debe cruzar una muralla por una brecha existente. Luego aparece un pequeño claro, y luego se debe estar atento para coger alguno de los senderos que tuercen hacia el norte, ganando mayor pendiente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tras 20 o 25 minutos, uno debiera encontrarse cerca de la parte más occidental del portezuelo entre el Manquehue y el Maquehuito, donde hay poca pendiente y una panorámica general del área. El macizo del Manquehue se ve imponente desde este punto. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La segunda etapa de esta caminata es el ascenso del macizo principal, a lo largo de la arista este del cerro, que se dirige directamente hacia la cumbre. Este sector tiene una fuerte pendiente y algunos tramos de material suelto especialmente empinados, que exigen apoyarse en algunas raíces. Más cerca de la cumbre, se avanza en alguno tramos sobre roca de bastante pendiente, pero que no llegan a exigir el uso de las manos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La cumbre es una agradable terraza plana, que se extiende longitudinalmente en sentido este-oeste. El mejor mirador es el que se encuentra el extremo este.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tiempo esperado===&lt;br /&gt;
* A paso tranquilo, suele tomar del orden de una hora y media legar hasta la cumbre, y unos 50 minutos el descenso. &lt;br /&gt;
* Una persona con buen estado físico que sube el Manquehue con carácter deportivo, toma del orden de 45 minutos en alcanzar la cima, o incluso menos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{sin permisos}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recomendaciones== &lt;br /&gt;
*{{Checklist|Checklist de equipo tipo 1: ruta de baja altitud, sin acampe, nieve ni frío}}&lt;br /&gt;
* Para muchos niños menores de 8 años, adultos mayores o personas sedentarias, el ascenso hasta la cumbre puede ser un desafío duro.&lt;br /&gt;
* No hay agua en todo el camino. Considerar 1,5 litros por persona si hace calor.&lt;br /&gt;
* Entre el portezuelo y la cumbre la pendiente es importante. En gran parte de ese tramo ésto sólo implica un mayor desgaste físico, pero hay algunos tramos cortos donde la combinación de pendiente y terreno malo (ya sea con material suelto o tierra muy compacta) dificultan el paso. Para evitar resbalar hay quienes usan las manos, se apoyan en las rodillas o derechamente pasan sentados. Algunas buenas prácticas son:&lt;br /&gt;
** Ir con zapatos con suela adecuada, evitando las zapatillas de suela demasiado lisa.&lt;br /&gt;
** Usar bastones de trekking (o algo similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Elegir la ruta que presente menor pendiente, aunque esto la haga más larga. &lt;br /&gt;
** Usar guantes en la bajada (no previene la caída, pero disminuye sus consecuencias al evitar raspones)&lt;br /&gt;
* No hay que llevar cosas en las manos, ni botellas, ni cámara, ni nada. Llevar todo en bolsillos, mochila, banano, etc. La excepción son los bastones.&lt;br /&gt;
* Como siempre es necesario utilizar protección solar: gorro, factor 30 o superior, anteojos con protección UV, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lo ideal es subir un día en que el aire en Santiago esté limpio. De esta manera se puede tener una vista espectacular de la ciudad.&lt;br /&gt;
* En el último tiempo se han registrado varios asaltos en el cerro, por lo que es mejor no llevar objetos de valor (es mejor informarse ya que esto puede cambiar con el tiempo, ya sea para mejor o para peor). Sugerencia: EVITAR estar en el MANQUEHUE entre 2 y 3 pm el día sábado, debido al alto porcentaje de asaltos registrados durante ese día a esa hora. En caso de llevar llaves u objetos de valor, lleve un banano que pueda esconder bajo su polera! Los asaltantes suelen llevarse principalmente mochilas, por lo que una sugerencia, sería llevar una mochila en la que deje sólo el agua y objetos de poca importancia. &lt;br /&gt;
* Si bien esta ruta ocupa la arista este del cerro para ascender/descender, ruta que no es peligrosa, no muy alejada está la cara sureste del cerro (cara que da a Santa María de Manquehue) por donde NO SE DEBE TRANSITAR debido al riesgo de un grave accidente. Si bien la ruta acá descrita no es difícil de seguir, ante cualquier duda hay que privilegiar caminar con dirección norte (la derecha/izquierda en caso de ir subiendo/bajando), de esta manera uno evita llegar a esa zona peligrosa. Es muy importante tener conciencia de este riesgo, pero no debería ser razón para dejar de visitar este cerro.&lt;br /&gt;
* El cerro no tiene restricción de horario, pero no es buena idea estar ahí sin luz de día. Hay que programar la visita de tal forma de estar de vuelta en el auto antes del atardecer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Una buena medida de seguridad es llevar linterna frontal, aunque sea pequeña. En caso de algún imprevisto que retrase el descenso, contar con luz podría ser una gran ayuda para evitar un accidente o pasar la noche en el cerro. Esto es más aconsejable si se va un día de semana (poca gente) y en la tarde, quizás no tanto si se va un domingo en la mañana, aunque siempre es bueno ser precavido.&lt;br /&gt;
* Si es su primera visita es buena idea ir un día sábado o domingo en la mañana cuando hay más gente.&lt;br /&gt;
{{galeria Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Parche Clasicos de Santiago]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vídeos==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Vídeo 1: Ruta Los Trapenses por Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Vídeo 2: Ruta Bosque Cara Sur por Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79412</id>
		<title>Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79412"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:08:24Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[ENG:Cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForm2&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Época adecuada== &lt;br /&gt;
Todo el año. Ideal inmediatamente después de una lluvia, cuando el aire está limpio y la cordillera nevada.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dificultad==&lt;br /&gt;
Parte importante del ascenso transcurre por una ladera que gana altura rápidamente. Para personas sin experiencia ni buen estado físico ésto implica un esfuerzo físico alto, mientras que para personas con experiencia en cerros o deportistas el nivel de dificultad física será mediana.&lt;br /&gt;
Existen zonas, con pendiente alta cuya y con tierra compacta, donde muchas personas tendrán dificultades para pasar, sin embargo con algo de cuidado y ayuda todos lo logran.&lt;br /&gt;
==Acceso==&lt;br /&gt;
===En vehículo===&lt;br /&gt;
Desde la Rotonda Lo Curro se debe tomar la Av. Santa María hacia el oriente. Después de recorrer poco menos de 1 km se dobla hacia la izquierda para tomar la calle Gran Vía. Esta comienza a remontar la ladera del cerro y después de 1,5 km se debe doblar a mano izquierda (existe una señalización con una luz que parpadea, una caseta de guardia y una barrera) para tomar la calle Vía Roja. Se sigue por esta unos 500m y se dobla a la derecha en una curva bastante cerrada (sigue siendo la Vía Roja). Luego se continúa por unos 800m y se vuelve a doblar, esta vez a la izquierda (de nuevo una curva cerrada y que sigue siendo la Vía Roja). Se continúa unos 700m y se vuelve a doblar hacia la derecha por la Vía Gris, por donde se continúa por otros 300m. Por último se dobla hacia la izquierda (por la Vía Roja) para finalmente avanzar unos 900m y después de una curva, a mano izquierda, encontrar la pasada hacía el cerro junto a los estacionamientos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nota''': Solo hay 20 estacionamientos habilitados por la Municipalidad de Vitacura, por lo que sábados, domingos y festivos en la mañana es muy probable no poder estacionar. Una opción es estacionar bastante más abajo. La otra, tomar el bus que para estos efectos ha dispuesto la municipalidad (ver sección siguiente).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===En transporte público y autostop===&lt;br /&gt;
Sólo hay buses de Transantiago hasta la Rotonda de Lo Curro (Avenida Louis Pasteur con Avenida Santa María) o hasta Avenida Santa María esquina Gran Vía. Se debe tomar el alimentador C14 desde la estación de Metro de Escuela Militar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Desde la Rotonda Lo Curro o desde la estación de Metro Escuela Militar es posible tomar un colectivo hasta el punto de partida, el precio desde escuela militar al inicio del cerro son $2600 (agosto 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Hay buses de acercamiento facilitados por la municipalidad, partiendo del Unimarc de la rotonda de Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Horarios en: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html este link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Descripción de la ruta==&lt;br /&gt;
Desde los estacionamientos de Vía Roja (1054 msnm) se avanza por un sendero ancho hacia el noroeste, que se interna desde la berma del camino pavimentado &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Al comienzo la pendiente es más bien suave. A los pocos metros, se debe cruzar una muralla por una brecha existente. Luego aparece un pequeño claro, y luego se debe estar atento para coger alguno de los senderos que tuercen hacia el norte, ganando mayor pendiente. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tras 20 o 25 minutos, uno debiera encontrarse cerca de la parte más occidental del portezuelo entre el Manquehue y el Maquehuito, donde hay poca pendiente y una panorámica general del área. El macizo del Manquehue se ve imponente desde este punto. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La segunda etapa de esta caminata es el ascenso del macizo principal, a lo largo de la arista este del cerro, que se dirige directamente hacia la cumbre. Este sector tiene una fuerte pendiente y algunos tramos de material suelto especialmente empinados, que exigen apoyarse en algunas raíces. Más cerca de la cumbre, se avanza en alguno tramos sobre roca de bastante pendiente, pero que no llegan a exigir el uso de las manos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
La cumbre es una agradable terraza plana, que se extiende longitudinalmente en sentido este-oeste. El mejor mirador es el que se encuentra el extremo este.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tiempo esperado===&lt;br /&gt;
* A paso tranquilo, suele tomar del orden de una hora y media legar hasta la cumbre, y unos 50 minutos el descenso. &lt;br /&gt;
* Una persona con buen estado físico que sube el Manquehue con carácter deportivo, toma del orden de 45 minutos en alcanzar la cima, o incluso menos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{sin permisos}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recomendaciones== &lt;br /&gt;
*{{Checklist|Checklist de equipo tipo 1: ruta de baja altitud, sin acampe, nieve ni frío}}&lt;br /&gt;
* Para muchos niños menores de 8 años, adultos mayores o personas sedentarias, el ascenso hasta la cumbre puede ser un desafío duro.&lt;br /&gt;
* No hay agua en todo el camino. Considerar 1,5 litros por persona si hace calor.&lt;br /&gt;
* Entre el portezuelo y la cumbre la pendiente es importante. En gran parte de ese tramo ésto sólo implica un mayor desgaste físico, pero hay algunos tramos cortos donde la combinación de pendiente y terreno malo (ya sea con material suelto o tierra muy compacta) dificultan el paso. Para evitar resbalar hay quienes usan las manos, se apoyan en las rodillas o derechamente pasan sentados. Algunas buenas prácticas son:&lt;br /&gt;
** Ir con zapatos con suela adecuada, evitando las zapatillas de suela demasiado lisa.&lt;br /&gt;
** Usar bastones de trekking (o algo similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Elegir la ruta que presente menor pendiente, aunque esto la haga más larga. &lt;br /&gt;
** Usar guantes en la bajada (no previene la caída, pero disminuye sus consecuencias al evitar raspones)&lt;br /&gt;
* No hay que llevar cosas en las manos, ni botellas, ni cámara, ni nada. Llevar todo en bolsillos, mochila, banano, etc. La excepción son los bastones.&lt;br /&gt;
* Como siempre es necesario utilizar protección solar: gorro, factor 30 o superior, anteojos con protección UV, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lo ideal es subir un día en que el aire en Santiago esté limpio. De esta manera se puede tener una vista espectacular de la ciudad.&lt;br /&gt;
* En el último tiempo se han registrado varios asaltos en el cerro, por lo que es mejor no llevar objetos de valor (es mejor informarse ya que esto puede cambiar con el tiempo, ya sea para mejor o para peor). Sugerencia: EVITAR estar en el MANQUEHUE entre 2 y 3 pm el día sábado, debido al alto porcentaje de asaltos registrados durante ese día a esa hora. En caso de llevar llaves u objetos de valor, lleve un banano que pueda esconder bajo su polera! Los asaltantes suelen llevarse principalmente mochilas, por lo que una sugerencia, sería llevar una mochila en la que deje sólo el agua y objetos de poca importancia. &lt;br /&gt;
* Si bien esta ruta ocupa la arista este del cerro para ascender/descender, ruta que no es peligrosa, no muy alejada está la cara sureste del cerro (cara que da a Santa María de Manquehue) por donde NO SE DEBE TRANSITAR debido al riesgo de un grave accidente. Si bien la ruta acá descrita no es difícil de seguir, ante cualquier duda hay que privilegiar caminar con dirección norte (la derecha/izquierda en caso de ir subiendo/bajando), de esta manera uno evita llegar a esa zona peligrosa. Es muy importante tener conciencia de este riesgo, pero no debería ser razón para dejar de visitar este cerro.&lt;br /&gt;
* El cerro no tiene restricción de horario, pero no es buena idea estar ahí sin luz de día. Hay que programar la visita de tal forma de estar de vuelta en el auto antes del atardecer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Una buena medida de seguridad es llevar linterna frontal, aunque sea pequeña. En caso de algún imprevisto que retrase el descenso, contar con luz podría ser una gran ayuda para evitar un accidente o pasar la noche en el cerro. Esto es más aconsejable si se va un día de semana (poca gente) y en la tarde, quizás no tanto si se va un domingo en la mañana, aunque siempre es bueno ser precavido.&lt;br /&gt;
* Si es su primera visita es buena idea ir un día sábado o domingo en la mañana cuando hay más gente.&lt;br /&gt;
{{galeria Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Parche Clasicos de Santiago]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Vídeos==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Vídeo 1: Ruta Los Trapenses por Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Vídeo 2: Ruta Bosque Cara Sur por Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79411</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79411"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:07:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!! This route is free and permission is not required &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Manquehue_y_Manquehuito.jpg|Manquehue y Manquehuito desde Vitacura.&lt;br /&gt;
2411053.jpg‎|Cerro Manquehue desde el sureste (rutas de [[Cerro Manquehue|Lo Curro]] y [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), inusualmente nevado&lt;br /&gt;
La_Dehesa_desde_Manquehue.JPG|Desde la cumbre del Manquehue hacia La Dehesa. 22/11/09&lt;br /&gt;
Travesia del Guanaco (11).JPG|Vista de la cumbre del Manquehue a los altos Andes. Mirando al este, 8/9/12&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 133558.jpg|Vista de Santiago y calle Agua del Palo. Mirando al sur (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 144102.jpg|Ascenso con pendiente y tierra suelta (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 150433.jpg|Descenso ruta Agua del Palo con tierra suelta y gran inclinación, no es recomedable bajar por esta ruta, vea alternativas (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_181957.jpg|Cumbre del cerro Manquehue vista desde el mirador de la ruta Agua del Palo (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_171736.jpg|Ruta Agua del Palo, previo a iniciar el descenso. (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2276.jpg|Cardos en la zona baja de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2279.jpg|Cactus en flor y vista de Lo Barnechea - 15% de la ruta de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2292.jpg|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro - 40% del recorrido&lt;br /&gt;
IMG 2302.jpg|Magnífica vista de la ciudad desde la cumbre.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Pintor&amp;diff=79410</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Pintor</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Pintor&amp;diff=79410"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T23:01:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: Página creada con «{{Google Translate}} ES:Cerro Pintor category:Parche Clasicos de Santiago Category:Parche_Macizo_del_Plomo category:KMZconTrack {{Indexada}} {{Imperdonables...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Cerro Pintor]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Parche Clasicos de Santiago]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Macizo_del_Plomo]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|8}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Pintor y Cerro La Parva.JPG|thumb|1100px|Cerro Pintor (derecha) y [[Cerro La Parva]] (izquierda) desde el [[Capitán del Quempo]]. Mirando al Noroeste, diciembre de 2009]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3/4 día&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Hotel(es), Cabaña(s), Hospedaje(s), Refugio(s)&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=14392&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1245&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=90&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=4180&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.326930&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.282181&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=Distancia no contempla sección bifurcación [[Cerro La Parva]] - Refugio (ver waypoints)&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=3701&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[User:Nico Mendez|Nicolás Mendez]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro Pintor.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Pintor. Su nombre viene dado el particular colorido de su ladera sur. &lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1l57kqIXu7e_ZkQKwoaTvegkNDD5px88p&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Cerro_Pintor.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=hybrid&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Perfil_CoPintor.PNG|thumb|Perfil de elevación.]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Climograma_farellones.png| thumb | Climagrama de Farellones, point near this route]]&lt;br /&gt;
* '' 'Trekking' '': End of October or beginning of November at the beginning of May, when the snow has given way.&lt;br /&gt;
* '' 'Randonnée' '': June to mid-September.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Acceso La Parva}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: El Pintor.jpg| thumb | Route of ascent to Cerro Pintor]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Desde_Caseta_Andarivel_Las_Aguilas.jpg| thumb | View from the house towards Laguna Piuquenes. 01-24-2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Acarreo_hacia_Falsa_Parva.jpg| thumb | Ascent to Co Falsa Parva. 01-24-2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Acceso_La_Parva.jpg| thumb | Map of access to Laguna Piuquenes / Portezuelo Franciscano from La Parva]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{La Parva a Portezuelo Franciscano}}  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Franciscan Portezuelo - Cerro Pintor ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Zona_rocosa_Cumbre_Falsa_Parva.jpg| thumb | Rocky area at the top of Falsa Parva. 01-24-2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Ultimo_tramo_Co_Pintor.jpg| thumb | Last stretch to Co Painter. 01-24-2010]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Cerro_pintor_5.jpg| thumb | Cerro Pintor from the South. Photography: Rodrigo Medina]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From here it is bent by the &amp;quot;edge&amp;quot; towards the N course to the road that goes up towards the Falsa Parva. This ascent has many paths, some more marked than others. The idea is to take the road with less slope and more &amp;quot;zigzageante&amp;quot; since the most direct climbs can be very tiring. It is important to note that all roads lead to the summit of Falsa Parva, so you can choose which one you want. The last part presents some rock formations that are not difficult to overcome. After this area is practically at the top of the Falsa Parva and the most difficult part of the whole journey is already behind. In total this corresponds to an ascent of about 200m of altitude and less than 1 km of road. Up here I should take 50 minutes of walking at a leisurely pace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is worth walking the few meters that separate us from the summit to appreciate the view of the ski centers and Stgo in the background. The path continues towards the N by a road that climbs gradually without steep slopes. After one kilometer you come to a fork in the road. The most marked (left) and that could be considered as the one that follows right is the one that borders Parva hill (4,047 masl according to IGM). The one on the right, which borders the cliff on the S slope, climbs towards the summit of Parva hill (there are about 800m of road with 140m of height).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we continue down, from the fork, there are 1.2 km to a sector of Pircas on the N side of the Parva (here you can take the road that climbs Co Parva on its N slope). From this point, and even from a little earlier, you can already see the Co Painter (4,180 meters above sea level according to IGM) in front with its unmistakable colors. In this sector there is a small shelter in which four people can fit to rest during windy days. From the summit of Falsa Parva hill up to this point it should take about an hour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From here the summit of the hill is attacked, a path that still has a very clear footprint. The next 1.3 km pass mostly by a land without much slope, gaining height due to some steeper rise, but not very long. At the end of this stretch that is quite smooth you reach the O slope of the Co Painter. The climb begins with a zig zag for green terrain that shows that you are already in the Painter. The ascent is not made directly towards the summit, however the road begins to tilt the hill to the north until it reaches a new fork in the road. On the one hand this continues right towards an explana that is known as &amp;quot;Race Court&amp;quot;. Towards the right this ascends the slope N of the Painter until its summit. The view you have of the Lead and the Leonera is spectacular. From the red shelter to the summit it should take about 50 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The return is made by the same path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you start from the base of the &amp;quot;Las Águilas&amp;quot; cable lift, consider 1h10m until the end of the cableway. From the cable car &amp;quot;Las Aguilas&amp;quot; to the Pintor peak it should take 2h40m hours at a quiet pace. The return should be faster, 1h30m from the top of the Painter to the house and 50m to go down to the base of &amp;quot;Las Águilas&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In total, if you start from the base of &amp;quot;The Eagles&amp;quot; are 4h up and 2h30m down.&lt;br /&gt;
If you take the lift, it's only 2h40m up and 1h30m downhill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To enter Valle Nevado you must request permission in advance, since by internal regulations you need to have the registration of visitors. To do so, contact:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: '''E-mail:''' lsepulveda@vallenevado.com&lt;br /&gt;
: '''Teléfono:''' 24777000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Free entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Checklist | Type 2 equipment checklist: medium altitude route, no camping or snow, some cold}} In summer or spring. In winter, consider [[Checklists_for_trekking_y_monta% C3% B1ismo # Checklist_of_quipment_type_3: _ruta_sin_acampe.2C_con_nieve | Checklist of equipment type 3: route without camping, with snow]].&lt;br /&gt;
* This trekking is very high, reaching almost up to 4,200 meters above sea level. Since it is a trekking that is done quickly (probably dawn at less than 1,000 masl and climb the day to the summit) the body does not have time to get used which can lead to symptoms of Puna or altitude sickness (headache, dizziness and others). It is important to hydrate well and steadily, in addition to maintaining a rhythm that is not very demanding when walking.&lt;br /&gt;
* As in any tour, we recommend the use of sunscreen, dark glasses with UV protection and a hat that covers the face and neck.&lt;br /&gt;
* A pair of walking sticks and good trekking shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Due to the height it can make something cold even on days that Stgo. It's hot. This is mainly due to the wind. For this reason it is recommended to carry at least one windbreaker. More warm clothing can be very useful (although it may also be that it is not used).&lt;br /&gt;
* Review the weather forecast of the mountains, as this may vary with respect to the city. This can be done [http://www.meteochile.cl/cordillera.html here].&lt;br /&gt;
* Unless you want to do more exercise, it is advisable to get in the car or ride the first part since it is not the most attractive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Meteorological Forecast ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{AccuWeatherValleMapocho}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Mulas sector farellones}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File: Laguna_Piuquenes_1.jpg| [[Laguna Piuquenes]]. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cerro_Falsa_Parva_C.jpg| Co. False Parva. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: P1030826.JPG| Winter climb to the False Parva Co. 08-20-2011&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cruz_Cumbre_Falsa_Parva.jpg| Summit Co. Falsa Parva. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: Vista_desde_Falsa_Parva_C.jpg| View from the summit Co. Falsa Parva. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: Plomo_desde_ladera_Parva.jpg| [[Cerro Plomo]] from the road. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cara_Norte_Co_Parva.jpg| Co. Parva from the north. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: Plomo_y_Leonera_desde_Pintor.jpg| Lead and Leonera from the top of the Painter. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: Plomo_desde_el_Pintor.jpg| Lead from the top of the Painter. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cerro_Pintor_1.jpg| Cerro Pintor from the south. 01-24-2010&lt;br /&gt;
File: P1030833.JPG| Cerro Painter winter. The background lead. 08-20-2011&lt;br /&gt;
image: DSC00073.JPG| Cerro Pintor Summit&lt;br /&gt;
File:20170104 163756low refugio camino a Cerro Pintor.jpg|Refuge on the way to Cerro Pintor, January 2017. Vicente López&lt;br /&gt;
File:20170104 175157low Vista 360 desde la cumbre del Cerro Pintor.jpg|360 view from the Cerro Pintor summit, taken on January 4, 2017 at 5:51 pm (Vicente Lopez)&lt;br /&gt;
File:20170104 192921low Laguna Piuquenes 3563MSNM.jpg|Piuquenes Lagoon, road to Cerro Pintor. You can see birds and their young, taken on January 4, 2017 at 7:29 pm (Vicente Lopez)&lt;br /&gt;
File:20170104 195012 Camino al Pintor desde Valle Nevadolow.jpg|Way back from the Painter via Valle Nevado, taken on January 4, 2017 at 7:50 pm (Vicente Lopez)&lt;br /&gt;
File:MG 4993.jpg |Top view of the painter, Photo: Michel Baez&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Laguna_piuquenes.jpg| thumb | Camp in Laguna Piuquenes. Way to the Painter. Benjamin Kutzner.]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Galeria de fotos historicas de Farellones}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Laguna_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79409</id>
		<title>ENG:Laguna Cerro Castillo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Laguna_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79409"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T22:20:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: Página creada con «{{Google Translate}} Category:Parche_Trapananda {{Borrador}} category:KMZconTrack {{RutaForme |Actividad=Trekking |País=Chile |CiudadesChile=Coyhaique |BellezaEsce...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Trapananda]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Borrador}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Trekking&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Coyhaique&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Laguna, Formación Geológica&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|RequiereHabilidadTrek=No requiere&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Insuficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-46.112290&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-72.157087&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=14400&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1096&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=62&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=799&lt;br /&gt;
|EsGratis=Sí&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Anónimo&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Laguna_Cerro_Castillo.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Laguna Cerro Castillo. Autor: Patagonia por Descubrir&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1WxNn-0kRUHFr6LxGokIt1oTqw199c-b1&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Laguna Cerro Castillo.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Trekking a la Laguna del Cerro Castillo&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
November to April. December is an excellent month, because the weather is better, the days are long and there are not as many tourists as in January and February.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the winter months, it is a cold route, and with enough snow in the upper section.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[image: 2009 02270503.JPG| thumb | Laguna Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Cerro Castillo is located 97 kilometers south of Coyhaique by the southern highway. The entire route is paved. Consider an hour and a half of travel, since there is a cost in between.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Public transport ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following bus lines make routes from Coyhaique heading south on the southern highway.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Buses de coyhaique al sur}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
  PENDING&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_laguna_cerro_castillo.PNG|frame|center|Perfil de la ruta a la Laguna del Cerro Castillo]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Sin permisos}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Neozelandes_Camp,_RN_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79408</id>
		<title>ENG:Neozelandes Camp, RN Cerro Castillo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Neozelandes_Camp,_RN_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79408"/>
				<updated>2018-12-22T22:15:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: Página creada con «{{Google Translate}} Category:Parche_Trapananda {{indexada}} {{RutaForme |Actividad=Trekking |País=Chile |CiudadesChile=Coyhaique |BellezaEscenica=Impresionante |Atrac...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Trapananda]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Trekking&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Coyhaique&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Impresionante&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Bosque, Formación Geológica, Parque Nacional&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=2 días&lt;br /&gt;
|RequiereHabilidadTrek=No requiere&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Suficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Camping&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=15700&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=900&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=50&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=770&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Hellwigtobi|Tobias Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Punta_Duff.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Vista de la Punta Duff, una de las tantas impresionantes montañas de roca que rodean el valle del Campamento Neozelandés. Foto: [[Usuario:Hellwigtobi|Tobias Hellwig]].&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1ogy1Q7CCHTsKRrJV3bwkVTSNGLAwY3qN&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Campamento_Neozelandes.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Perfil_altitud.png|thumb|Perfil de altitudes del sendero. Notar el gran desnivel de 900 metros verticales. Click para agrandar]][[Archivo:Sendero_Valle_Parada.jpg|thumb|Sendero subiendo por el valle del Estero Parada rumbo al Campamento Neozelandés. Atrás asoma el Cerro Palo y Cerro Chocolate. Foto: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Sendero_en_Bosque_Valle_Parada.jpg|thumb|Sendero al interior del bosque de Lengas pasado el campamento Porteadores. Foto: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Claro_antes_de_Campamento_Neozelandés.jpg|thumb|Claro en el bosque antes de llegar al Campamento Neozelandés. El Cerro del Fondo es la Punta Duff. Foto: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
== General Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
World famous is Cerro Cerro Castillo, clear star of the eyes of all visitors to the reserve of the same name. However, behind this colossus there is a valley that dazzles with great mountains of rock and fantastic landscapes. It is the valley of the estuary Parada, which, because it is usually at the end of the [[Cerro Castillo Circuit]] is overlooked by most of the walkers. However, this valley deserves the detour or even be the objective of an own excursion to enjoy this fantastic world of mountains.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The New Zealand Camp is also the base camp to ascend to all the mountains of the sector; Cerro Palo, Cerro Chocolate, Punta Duff and Cerro Castillo, among many others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. In the summer months, the trail is clearly marked in the forest, while in winter it is common for snow cover the forest from the Porters' Camp, being recommended only in case of having the necessary equipment and experience for these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Cerros_Palo_y_Chocolate_desde_Neozelandes.jpg | thumb | 400px | Cerros Palos y Chocolate seen from the estuary stop next to the New Zealander Camp. Photo: Fabian Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Acceso neozelandes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Ruta neozelandes}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent to the New Zealand Camp will take about 4.5 hours of walking including their respective breaks to enjoy the landscape. It is possible to make the excursion for the day from Cerro Castillo, however it is recommended to consider two days due to the demanding of the route, which has a total height of almost 1000 vertical meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Final_del_Valle_Parada.jpg | thumb | View of the end of the Estero Valley Stop above the New Zealand Camp from the top of Cerro Chocolate. Note that Laguna Duff is frozen and covered in snow.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
Although the Estero Parada valley is part of the Cerro Castillo National Reserve, there is no control of CONAF in access to this trail. However, it is recommended to record the visit and pay the entrance to the park administration located on the road Coyhaique - Villa Cerro Castillo after the Chiguay lagoon. In the New Zealand Camp it is likely to find CONAF park rangers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Plantilla:Tarifas castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hire Guides ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Guias castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{checklist|Checklist de equipo tipo 4: ruta de baja altitud, sin nieve ni frío, con acampe}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Take your trash and whatever you find. No one else will do it for you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Avoid making fire. If necessary, extreme precautions due to strong winds and abundant plant matter. These forests have still been saved from fires. Do not be the one to burn them!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File: Valle_Río_Ibañez_desde_sendero.jpg| View of the Ibañez River Valley after the first sharp turn (Zig-Zag).&lt;br /&gt;
File: Campamento_Neozelandes_Invierno.jpg| Arrival at the New Zealand Winter Camp: August 2017.&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cerro_Castillo_desde_Campamento_Neozelandés.jpg| The needles of Cerro Castillo seen from the New Zealander Camp in August of 2017. Photo: [[User: Hellwigtobi | Tobias Hellwig]]&lt;br /&gt;
File: Campamento_Neozelandes_2.jpg| New Zealander camp under big Lengs that protect from strong winds. Photo: Marco Poblete&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Trekking_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79405</id>
		<title>ENG:Trekking Cerro Castillo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Trekking_Cerro_Castillo&amp;diff=79405"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T18:55:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: Página creada con «{{Google Translate}} Category:Parche_Trapananda {{anuncio|contenido=This trek is part of the Greater Patagonian Trail}} {{Indexada}} category:KMZconTrack {{Ruta...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Trapananda]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{anuncio|contenido=This trek is part of the [[Greater Patagonian Trail]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Trekking&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Coyhaique&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Laguna, Formación Geológica&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=4 días&lt;br /&gt;
|RequiereHabilidadTrek=No requiere&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Cruce&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=47250&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=2334&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=2805&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=897&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Sebastián Leyton&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=2009 02270512.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Castillo, subiendo desde la laguna&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Trekking_Cerro_Castillo.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa={{colores|red|Día 1: Las Horquetas Grandes (Laguna Chiguay) – Camping Río Turbio}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|yellow|Día 2: Camping Río Turbio – Laguna Cerro Castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|blue|Día 3: Laguna Cerro Castillo – Campamento Porteadores}} &lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|orange|Día 4: Campamento Porteadores – Villa Cerro Castillo}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{colores|red|Desvío a [[Campamento Neozelandés]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-45,980775&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-71,954897&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1h41RC20L4DRkUemb0DkSBHdM33GsiiXl&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Hacia Campamento Rio Turbio.JPG|thumb|Camino hacia el Campamento Río Turbio]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:2009 02270400.JPG|thumb|Vista del Macizo durante la caminata del día 1]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:Saliendo de Rio Turbio.JPG|thumb|Saliendo de campamento Río Turbio hacia el paso El Peñón]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:El Paso1 2013.JPG|thumb|Paso El Peñón con Mucha Nieve: Octubre 2013]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Camino a la laguna.JPG|thumb|Caminando hacia la laguna. Octubre 2013]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro-castillo-paisajes.jpg|thumb|Las dramáticas vistas al aproximarse al Cerro Castillo. 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:2009 02270503.JPG|thumb|Laguna Cerro Castillo]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Laguna_Cerro_Castillo.jpg|thumb|Laguna Cerro Castillo. Autor: Patagonia por Descubrir]] &lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Morrena-Cerro-Castillo.jpg|thumb|Vista desde el punto más alto de la morrena del antiguo glaciar del Cerro Castillo. Se aprecia en una sola toma, todo el recorrido necesario para llegar a ese punto.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Punto-alto-cerro-castillo.jpg|thumb|También desde el punto más alto del recorrido se puede apreciar, en un buen día, el serpentear de la carretera Austral. 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Arcoiris.jpg|thumb|Llegando al mirador de la laguna. Se observa la cuenca del río Ibañez. Enero 2017.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Archivo:Vista-lgc.jpg|thumb|En un día despejado, desde el punto más alto del recorrido podemos apreciar, muy a lo lejos, las aguas del gigantesco Lago General Carrera. 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why go ==&lt;br /&gt;
The '' 'Cerro Castillo Crossing' '' is one of the best treks in Chile. Go through places with beautiful views of the Cerro Castillo massif with its glaciers, which dominates the northern sector of General Carrera Lake. In addition, there are panoramic views of the Turbio River and the Ibáñez River. In agreement with the National Park where it is located, there are probabilities of spotting huemules, even sometimes near the trail. The road passes through large forests of lengas, portezuelos and glaciers, which gives great variety to the landscape. CONAF has enabled campsites and basic services along the trail, which facilitates the route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Ideal Date ==&lt;br /&gt;
The best date is between the end of December to March, since before that it is probable to find snow and very cold in the highest sectors of the trek. Recommended if done before December, bring snowshoes; and for all occasions, always carry sticks, as they help a lot to cross the cliffs, rivers and stones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
The starting point of this trek is the Carretera Austral, while it crosses the Cerro Castillo National Park, approximately 70 kilometers from Coyhaique. The exact starting point is Las Horquetas Grandes (place where the road has a U-bend). If you want to leave the vehicle parked there it is necessary to pass the U-bend to be able to turn right to the access point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between March and December, you must first go to the CONAF Laguna Chiguay Nursery (7.5 km further north from the starting point along the Carretera Austral) to give notice of the pertinent information, as well as to pay the entrance to the Park. In summer, a Conaf post is installed 500 meters from the entrance of the path. It is important to pay the entrance so that the Park can continue to reinforce its work such as reforestation with native forest (a theme in all of Aysén). If you have little money, the ranger will be willing to help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Public transport ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Acceso Cerro Castillo transporte publico}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since December 2018 there is a new concession that charges {{pesos to dollars | 23500}} per person when entering through Las Horquetas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prior Notice ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Much of the route is marked with red and white paint in sign =, being a red and a white line; and there are also some species of metallic flags with reflectors of the same colors, so be careful with this, since it helps a lot, especially in the stony parts of the riverbanks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We must also pay attention to the marks left by the same mountaineers, small piles of broken stones, to point the way. If during the trip a route is not very clear, it costs nothing to make a new pile of stone, to help those who will come&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day One: Big Horquetas (Laguna Chiguay) - Río Turbio Camping ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_cerro_castillo.PNG|thumb|center|750px| Profile of the trekking circuit of Cerro Castillo. The red vertical lines separate the days]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ideal is to start this day early, since the path is quite extensive. If you start from Laguna Chiguay, it adds up to one hour more to the walk, to take it into account. The starting point is very clear from the road, at a point that it makes a very pronounced U inverted and you see a deep valley to the west side of the road: there is a green sign of the &amp;quot;Chilean Trail&amp;quot;. The corresponding gate must be crossed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Following a path for 4 x 4 (the first day will be almost always along this path, which park rangers use in their vehicles), about 50 meters further on you have to cross a stream through a bridge of sticks about 20 meters above the track. The road runs along the left bank of the river, to be found after a few minutes with a CONAF booth where one can register, receive a map and pay the entrance to the park. It continues through spaces from which the forest for livestock has been cleared. In consideration of the cattle, do not open the gates, since all were placed a small ladder on the right side, to allow the passage of hikers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that half hour, the trek goes through a clear path, passing through a house with stables to enter a forest surrounded by lengas for approximately one hour. At this point you go down towards small meadows with cattle, and you must walk straight until you find a stream. Beware of making mistakes, the correct path is found because you can see the gate on the other bank. To wade, it is best to take off your shoes and cross the river (recomandable carry a few shawls to cross, because the stones are slippery: eye to lose the chalas), which takes about 10 minutes, no more. The water reaches the knees, so it is not that difficult. From this point you should already be able to see Cerro Castillo and its glaciers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the gate, the road continues similarly as cattle pastures, without major difficulties. After an hour you must cross a new stream, in this case to be placed on the right side (north) of said water course, after another 45 minutes have to cross another stream. In total there are many streams in this path, which each time take a more ferrous color. Depending on the fluvial conditions of the time it is possible to cross them on the trunks or rocks arranged there, otherwise, you have to take off your shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Afterwards, the path continues through a forest of lenga trees of great size, so that after an hour you can see, below, a lagoon on the left. From this point, after about 30 to 45 minutes you will arrive at a campsite enabled by CONAF, with a cabin for the park ranger, tables, places to make fire and a latrine. The place is beautiful, since one is surrounded by lengas of about 15 to 20 meters high. If there are no more energies, one should stop here, but it is worth moving on to shorten the next day's walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After this CONAF campsite, you have to continue along the route until you reach Río Turbio, which is unmistakable due to the amount of material dragged by the water. In the background, towards the south west is unmistakable the pass through which the next day will have to pass. One should continue along the river bank to the left, guided by yellow metal signs, similar to a yielding step. At this point, one should see a sign carved in wood that indicates a campsite, however you have to continue about 10 minutes later to reach the place with tables and latrine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The walk lasts about 6 to 7 hours from Las Horquetas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day Two: Río Turbio - Camping Estero del Bosque ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the most intense day of trekking, and the only possible camping is at the end of the route, since you have to cross a pass. After CONAF camping, continue along the south side of the river, until the route begins to ascend through the lenga forest, becoming increasingly steep and consequently disappearing forest. When crossing a small waterfall located in a clearing of the forest product of ancient landslides, it is good a rest, because it really goes up a lot. From now on there is no more forest and the river is crossed, already transformed into small water courses, to continue climbing by loose rocks, (follow the marks or the piles of stones) to arrive after about 90 to 120 minutes to the pass. .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pass is basically a passage between two mountains to the other side of the mountain range. The portezuelo is long, it is very boxed, it is very narrow and there is usually a lot of wind so you have to keep warm. From now on they are only stones, so the canes take great importance. The wind can make the rocks roll, so be very careful with this. On both sides of the port, you can see beautiful rock figures, incredibly vertical. From time to time it is good to look back to have a panoramic view of the Turbio River. Finally, when you reach the south mouth of the pass you can see the lagoon in the distance (on the right, like a calm celestial well), but one usually focuses on the El Peñón glacier and mountain on the right. Recommended to photograph and rest in this part.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the road falls abruptly (beware of falls), so in many sections you have to dare and invent a route to continue downhill until you reach the stream that starts as waterfalls from the hanging glacier. Eye that really under the stones there is a glacier, not land, so it is easy for them to slip or have cracks. It follows along the south side of the stream a long stony path, until finally one ends up going into a dense forest of lengas, until literally the path ends, which is a sign of crossing the stream. There is a wooden bridge that facilitates this task.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continue along the north bank, almost traveling west, to get to a place where you can take some pictures with the glacier and then sign with the camping sign that says &amp;quot;Camping Estero del Bosque&amp;quot;, in the middle of a sector of large trees dead, with their trunks still standing as witnesses. You reach the west arm of the forest estuary (comes from the lagoon) and the route goes up by its north bank, to arrive after about 25 minutes to Estero del Bosque campsite. From the gate to the campsite should be 2 1/2 to 3 hours (with detention time included to take pictures before the Glacier El Peñón). The total route should take about 6 hours, where the last ones are the most intense due to the descent and fatigue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have started early, it is recommended to continue for about 1.5 hours until the La Tetera camp (2 km and 300 meters of altitude), where you can rest with unbeatable views of El Peñón hill and glacier, as well as Cerro Castillo. In addition you earn time for the next day's route.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day Three: Camping Estero del Bosque - Laguna Cerro Castillo - Camp Porteadores ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The proposed route proposes a quiet itinerary, going up to Cerro Castillo Lagoon and going down only half the way to camp at Campamento Porteadores. There is the possibility of, at that point, diverting an additional hour and a half up valley to visit the Estero valley stop, where the [[Neozelandes Camp, RN Cerro Castillo | New Zealand Camp]] is located, for which camping is recommended the second night at La Tetera campsite instead of at El Bosque. Another alternative for the strongest walkers is to continue descending to arrive, in a day, until Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
About 10 minutes after camping El Bosque you have to cross an arm of the estuary by a bridge. From this point the path continues up through the lengas forest for about 90 minutes until the forest begins to finish. Among these last remnants of the forest, is the campsite La Tetera, to camp on the upper side of the route, with Cerro Castillo very close, but that does not offer basic services. La Laguna is about 15 minutes walk from this place, bordering the river that is born just from this same lagoon. There is an impressive view of the Glacier and Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route continues on the south side of the lagoon climbing steeply for about 1 hour, through rocks. Beware of this part, to avoid kinks and falls to reach a plain, where you can appreciate the beauty of the color of the lagoon and Cerro Castillo on it spilling its glacier. One should look towards the south side (towards the opposite side of the lagoon). This plain is the wide pass between two hills, from where one has a great panoramic view of the northern sector of General Carrera Lake, Villa Cerro Castillo, the austral highway , Ibañez River, (left) north ice fields and Hudson Volcano (right). It is worth to sit and contemplate and admire this view for its good minutes. In addition, in this sector there is cell signal (entel).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From here you can go down to Villa Cerro Castillo, by a path clearly marked by the left side facing the valley of the Ibáñez River and where there is much more traffic of people. The descent is not so long if a little steep, takes about 3 hours and a half, normal pace, to the town.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the enthusiasts, one can go back and continue the ascent for about an hour in a west-northwest direction, to reach a new pass that in this case faces the valley of the Estero Parada. Supposedly, from this point there is a path that goes through the upper margin of the forest to reach the New Zealand Camp that saves the long descent to the Porters' Camp, however it is not an official path the marks have been lost over the years. That is why it is recommended to go down following the red marks that correspond to the official trail. The descent is long, steep, loose and very exhausting. Once arrived at a small plot of land on the edge of the forest, the path becomes more easily recognized again, continuing now not through the edge of the hill but directly towards the valley of the standing estuary. After about 45 minutes from the beginning of the forest, you will reach the path that goes up to the [[New Zealand Camp, RN Cerro Castillo | New Zealand Camp]]. To access the Porteadores camp you must turn right and after about 50 meters, on the other side of the stream, you will find the small shelter and a table of the Porters' Camp. Until this place they are around 4 hours of walk.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is recommended to continue the trail up the valley stop to visit the [[Neozelandes Camp, RN Cerro Castillo | New Zealand Camp]], from where fantastic views of the valley of great mountains are obtained. They are about 1.5 additional hours until this camp walking through a beautiful Lengas forest. The detour is well worth it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Day Four: Camp Porters - Villa Cerro Castillo ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Camp Porteadores you must continue down the valley following the path that is clearly marked. There are even some wooden benches strategically placed with the best views of the Parada River Valley and Cerro Palo. In about 45 minutes you reach the limit of the Reserve where you must cross the fence. A half hour later a gate is crossed, which must be left closed, then down a zig zag the last steep slope to the shore of the Estero Parada to finally continue through meadows that gently descend to the vehicular road. There are several tracks in these meadows, however you should always continue down to the south to find the path. When viewing a large rock in the middle of the meadow, it is recommended to deviate a little to the right, towards the river, to be able to exit to the vehicular road on the bed of this one and avoid passing through the houses. At this point there is a cell phone signal to coordinate a transport from Villa Cerro Castillo, otherwise you must follow the 6.3 kilometers by vehicular road (about 90 to 120 minutes) until you reach Villa Cerro Castillo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From Camp Porteadores they are around three hours to Villa Cerro Castillo. They deserve a good meal, in the restaurant before arriving at the town, or in the post that is on the right of the road when arriving at the Villa, which is an old bus. In the town there are more options, such as complete, bread dough, and craft beer &amp;quot;Caiquén&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Checklist | Type 4 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without snow or cold, with camping}} In summer, of course. In winter or spring, consider [[Checklists_for_trekking_and_montañismo # Checklist_of_equipo_tipo_4: _route_con_nieve_y_acampe | Checklist of equipment type 4: route with snow and camping]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Bring good sunblock, sunglasses with UV filter and hat to cover the sun. UV radiation is high and it is easy to get sunburned.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bring a good pair of sandals to cross the estuaries&lt;br /&gt;
* Take trekking poles, very useful for some descents and crosses of estuaries&lt;br /&gt;
* It is DIFFICULT to make a toe in Villa Cerro Castillo to the south, especially in high season. It is advisable to leave the route early and take the buses that come from Coyhaique / Ibáñez and go to Puerto Tranquilo, with amounts ranging between 5 and 10 thousand pesos per passage&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hire guides ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Turismo Tresmil, Claudio Rey - Cochrane, (09) 94746239), (09) 85485839, info@turismotresmil.cl, website [http://www.turismotresmil.cl Turismo Tresmil], Facebook [https: // www. facebook.com/turismotresmil Turismo Tresmil], Instagram [https://www.instagram.com/turismotresmil Turismo Tresmil]&lt;br /&gt;
* Jimmy Valdés, Lord Patagonia Audiovisual and Tourist Services - Cochrane: Lago Brown 388; (09) 84252419; lordpatagonia@gmail.com Website [http://www.lordpatagonia.cl Lord Patagonia]&lt;br /&gt;
* Pascual Díaz, Turismo Kalem - Puerto Guadal: Los Alerces 557; (067) 2431289; (09) 88112535; turismokalempatagonia@gmail.com; Facebook: [https://www.facebook.com/pages/TURISMO-KALEM-PATAGONIA/239900892761959 Tourism Kalem Patagonia]&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File: Paso_el_Peñon.JPG| Paso el Peñón at the end of October 2013. A lot of Soft Snow&lt;br /&gt;
File: Cerro-castillo-paisajes.jpg| The dramatic views as you approach Cerro Castillo. 2015&lt;br /&gt;
File: 2009 02270555.JPG| The northern sector of Cerro Castillo has been affected for some years by a plague of cuncunas, which are devoured year after year by trees. The plague advances and the cuncunas that are in the middle, die of hunger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79404</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79404"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T18:40:37Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!! This route is free and permission is not required &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Manquehue_y_Manquehuito.jpg|Manquehue y Manquehuito desde Vitacura.&lt;br /&gt;
2411053.jpg‎|Cerro Manquehue desde el sureste (rutas de [[Cerro Manquehue|Lo Curro]] y [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), inusualmente nevado&lt;br /&gt;
La_Dehesa_desde_Manquehue.JPG|Desde la cumbre del Manquehue hacia La Dehesa. 22/11/09&lt;br /&gt;
Travesia del Guanaco (11).JPG|Vista de la cumbre del Manquehue a los altos Andes. Mirando al este, 8/9/12&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 133558.jpg|Vista de Santiago y calle Agua del Palo. Mirando al sur (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 144102.jpg|Ascenso con pendiente y tierra suelta (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 150433.jpg|Descenso ruta Agua del Palo con tierra suelta y gran inclinación, no es recomedable bajar por esta ruta, vea alternativas (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_181957.jpg|Cumbre del cerro Manquehue vista desde el mirador de la ruta Agua del Palo (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_171736.jpg|Ruta Agua del Palo, previo a iniciar el descenso. (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2276.jpg|Cardos en la zona baja de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2279.jpg|Cactus en flor y vista de Lo Barnechea - 15% de la ruta de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2292.jpg|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro - 40% del recorrido&lt;br /&gt;
IMG 2302.jpg|Magnífica vista de la ciudad desde la cumbre.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79403</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79403"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T18:39:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: /* Permits / Rates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!! This route is free and permission is not required &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Manquehue_y_Manquehuito.jpg|Manquehue y Manquehuito desde Vitacura.&lt;br /&gt;
2411053.jpg‎|Cerro Manquehue desde el sureste (rutas de [[Cerro Manquehue|Lo Curro]] y [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), inusualmente nevado&lt;br /&gt;
La_Dehesa_desde_Manquehue.JPG|Desde la cumbre del Manquehue hacia La Dehesa. 22/11/09&lt;br /&gt;
Travesia del Guanaco (11).JPG|Vista de la cumbre del Manquehue a los altos Andes. Mirando al este, 8/9/12&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 133558.jpg|Vista de Santiago y calle Agua del Palo. Mirando al sur (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 144102.jpg|Ascenso con pendiente y tierra suelta (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 150433.jpg|Descenso ruta Agua del Palo con tierra suelta y gran inclinación, no es recomedable bajar por esta ruta, vea alternativas (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_181957.jpg|Cumbre del cerro Manquehue vista desde el mirador de la ruta Agua del Palo (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_171736.jpg|Ruta Agua del Palo, previo a iniciar el descenso. (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2276.jpg|Cardos en la zona baja de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2279.jpg|Cactus en flor y vista de Lo Barnechea - 15% de la ruta de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2292.jpg|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro - 40% del recorrido&lt;br /&gt;
IMG 2302.jpg|Magnífica vista de la ciudad desde la cumbre.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79400</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79400"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T01:57:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!!44/5000 This route is free and permission is not required &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Photo Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Manquehue_y_Manquehuito.jpg|Manquehue y Manquehuito desde Vitacura.&lt;br /&gt;
2411053.jpg‎|Cerro Manquehue desde el sureste (rutas de [[Cerro Manquehue|Lo Curro]] y [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), inusualmente nevado&lt;br /&gt;
La_Dehesa_desde_Manquehue.JPG|Desde la cumbre del Manquehue hacia La Dehesa. 22/11/09&lt;br /&gt;
Travesia del Guanaco (11).JPG|Vista de la cumbre del Manquehue a los altos Andes. Mirando al este, 8/9/12&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 133558.jpg|Vista de Santiago y calle Agua del Palo. Mirando al sur (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 144102.jpg|Ascenso con pendiente y tierra suelta (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424 150433.jpg|Descenso ruta Agua del Palo con tierra suelta y gran inclinación, no es recomedable bajar por esta ruta, vea alternativas (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_181957.jpg|Cumbre del cerro Manquehue vista desde el mirador de la ruta Agua del Palo (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
20130424_171736.jpg|Ruta Agua del Palo, previo a iniciar el descenso. (ruta de [[Manquehue por Agua de Palo|Agua del Palo]]), 24/4/13&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2276.jpg|Cardos en la zona baja de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2279.jpg|Cactus en flor y vista de Lo Barnechea - 15% de la ruta de [[Manquehue por Los Trapenses|Los Trapenses]]&lt;br /&gt;
IMG_2292.jpg|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro - 40% del recorrido&lt;br /&gt;
IMG 2302.jpg|Magnífica vista de la ciudad desde la cumbre.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79399</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79399"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T01:14:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: /* Permits / Rates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!!44/5000 This route is free and permission is not required &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79398</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79398"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T01:04:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: /* Permits / Rates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!! 44/5000 This route is free and permission is not required &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79397</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79397"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T01:03:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: /* Permits / Rates */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!! &lt;br /&gt;
44/5000 This route is free and permission is not required &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79396</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79396"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T01:02:31Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Archivo:Gratis-y-sin-permisos.png]]!! Esta ruta es gratis y no se requiere permiso &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Rutas gratuitas y que no requieren de permiso]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79395</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79395"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T00:55:55Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: /* In vehicle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget:Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{without permissions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79394</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79394"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T00:50:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
|url=https://www.google.com/maps/embed?pb=!1m24!1m12!1m3!1d16820.497344129035!2d-70.57284126966115!3d-33.371380461629336!2m3!1f0!2f0!3f0!3m2!1i1024!2i768!4f13.1!4m9!3e0!4m3!3m2!1d-33.377418399999996!2d-70.5695846!4m3!3m2!1d-33.3617503!2d-70.56439619999999!5e0!3m2!1ses-419!2scl!4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
|width=750&lt;br /&gt;
|height=400&lt;br /&gt;
|border=1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{without permissions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79393</id>
		<title>ENG:Cerro Manquehue</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Cerro_Manquehue&amp;diff=79393"/>
				<updated>2018-12-20T00:39:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: Página creada con «{{Google Translate}} {{Indexada}} {{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}} {{Imperdonables|1...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{alarma|Atención: las restricciones de acceso han sido resueltas. Esta ruta se encuentra ABIERTA en forma definitiva}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Imperdonables|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2292.jpg|thumb|1100px|center|Vista panorámica de Lo Barnechea desde la cara oriente del cerro. Fotografía: Pablo Inones]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Santiago&lt;br /&gt;
|VallesStgo=Valle Mapocho&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Mediana&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Bosque&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=3 horas o menos&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Tramos sin sendero&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=4980&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=1635&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-33.361914&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-70.564362&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=556&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=4&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=1269&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=[[Usuario:Joaquin.baranao|Joaquín Barañao]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Cerro_Manquehue_.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Cerro Manquehue desde Vitacura&lt;br /&gt;
|m=&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=11lizvzsUXF7Jr8Mn2G72mbIQnPw8R1v-&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al cerro Manquehue desde Lo Curro&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{De la Serie del Manquehue}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Perfil_de_ascenso_cerro_manquehue_desde_Lo_Curro.png|thumb|Perfil de ascenso cerro manquehue desde Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (2).jpg|thumb|Bosque mediterráneo de las faldas sur del Manquehue. Mirando al este, desde la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue.JPG|thumb|Cerro Manquehue desde el inicio de la ruta de Lo Curro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (5).jpg|thumb|Tramo de roca cerca de la cumbre del cerro Manquehue]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cerro Manquehue (4).jpg|thumb|Tramo de alta pendiente, con el [[Cerro Manquehuito]] de fondo. Mirando hacia atrás, hacia el sureste]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. Ideal immediately after a rain, when the air is clean and the mountain range snowy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Difficulty ==&lt;br /&gt;
An important part of the ascent goes through a slope that gains height quickly. For people without experience or good physical condition this implies a high physical effort, while for people with experience in hills or athletes the level of physical difficulty will be medium.&lt;br /&gt;
There are zones, with a high slope whose and with compact earth, where many people will have difficulties to pass, nevertheless with some care and help all achieve it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== In vehicle ===&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout, take Santa María Avenue towards the east. After traveling a little less than 1 km turn left to take Gran Vía street. This begins to climb the hillside and after 1.5 km you must turn left (there is a sign with a blinking light , a guardhouse and a barrier) to take the Vía Roja street. Follow this for about 500m and turn to the right in a fairly closed curve (it is still the Vía Roja). Then continue for about 800m and turn again, this time to the left (again a sharp turn and that is still the Vía Roja). Continue for 700m and turn again to the right along the Vía Gris, where you continue for another 300m. Finally it turns to the left (via the Vía Roja) to finally advance about 900m and after a bend, on the left, find the pass towards the hill next to the parking lots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'' 'Note' '': There are only 20 parking spaces enabled by the Municipality of Vitacura, so Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in the morning it is very likely not to be able to park. One option is to park a lot lower. The other, take the bus that the municipality has arranged for these purposes (see next section).&lt;br /&gt;
{{#widget: Iframe&lt;br /&gt;
| url = https: //www.google.com/maps/embed? pb =! 1m24! 1m12! 1m3! 1d16820.497344129035! 2d-70.57284126966115! 3d-33.371380461629336! 2m3! 1f0! 2f0! 3f0! 3m2! 1i1024! 2i768! 4f13.1! 4m9! 3e0! 4m3! 3m2! 1d-33.377418399999996! 2d-70.5695846! 4m3! 3m2! 1d-33.3617503! 2d-70.56439619999999! 5e0! 3m2! 1ses-419! 2scl! 4v1535156904466&lt;br /&gt;
| width = 750&lt;br /&gt;
| height = 400&lt;br /&gt;
| border = 1&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In public transport and hitchhiking ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are only buses from Transantiago to the Lo Curro roundabout (Louis Pasteur Avenue with Santa María Avenue) or to Santa María Avenue and Gran Vía corner. The C14 feeder should be taken from the Escuela Militar Metro station.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Lo Curro roundabout or from the Escuela Militar Metro station it is possible to take a bus to the starting point, the price from military school at the beginning of the hill is $ 2600 (August 2016)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are buses of approach facilitated by the municipality, starting from the Unimarc of the roundabout of Lo Curro (nov'16).&lt;br /&gt;
Schedules at: [http://www.vitacura.cl/prensa/sube_manquehue.html this link].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
From the Vía Roja parking lots (1054 meters above sea level), a wide path to the northwest is made, which goes from the berm of the paved road&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the beginning the slope is rather smooth. A few meters, a wall must be crossed by an existing gap. Then a small clearing appears, and then you must be careful to take some of the trails that twist towards the north, earning more slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After 20 or 25 minutes, one should be near the westernmost part of the pass between Manquehue and Maquehuito, where there is little slope and a general view of the area. The Manquehue massif looks imposing from this point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second stage of this hike is the ascent of the main massif, along the east edge of the hill, which goes directly to the summit. This sector has a steep slope and some stretches of loose material especially steep, which require support on some roots. Closer to the summit, we advance in some stretches on steeply sloping rock, but which do not require the use of our hands.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The summit is a pleasant flat terrace, which extends longitudinally in an east-west direction. The best viewpoint is the one on the east end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected time ===&lt;br /&gt;
* At a quiet pace, usually take about an hour and a half to reach the summit, and about 50 minutes the descent.&lt;br /&gt;
* A person with good physical condition who climbs the Manquehue with sporting character, takes the order of 45 minutes to reach the top, or even less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{without permissions}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Checklist | Type 1 equipment checklist: low altitude route, without camping, snow or cold}}&lt;br /&gt;
* For many children under 8, seniors or sedentary people, the climb to the top can be a tough challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
* There is no water in the whole way. Consider 1.5 liters per person if it is hot.&lt;br /&gt;
* Between the portezuelo and the summit the slope is important. In much of this section this only implies greater physical wear, but there are some short sections where the combination of slope and bad terrain (either with loose material or very compact earth) make the passage difficult. To avoid slipping, there are those who use their hands, lean on their knees, or sit up straight. Some good practices are:&lt;br /&gt;
** Go with shoes with a suitable sole, avoiding too-smooth sole shoes.&lt;br /&gt;
** Use trekking poles (or something similar)&lt;br /&gt;
** Choose the route with the least slope, even if this makes it longer.&lt;br /&gt;
** Wear gloves on the descent (it does not prevent the fall, but it diminishes its consequences by avoiding scratches)&lt;br /&gt;
* Do not carry things in your hands, or bottles, or camera, or anything. Take everything in pockets, backpack, banana, etc. The exception are the canes.&lt;br /&gt;
* As always it is necessary to use sunscreen: hat, factor 30 or higher, glasses with UV protection, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* The ideal is to climb a day when the air in Santiago is clean. In this way you can have a spectacular view of the city.&lt;br /&gt;
* In recent times there have been several assaults on the hill, so it is better not to carry valuables (it is better to inform yourself as this may change over time, either for better or worse). Suggestion: AVOID being in the MANQUEHUE between 2 and 3 pm on Saturday, due to the high percentage of assaults registered during that day at that time. If you have keys or valuables, bring a banana that you can hide under your shirt! The assailants usually carry mainly backpacks, so one suggestion would be to carry a backpack in which you leave only water and small objects.&lt;br /&gt;
* Although this route occupies the eastern edge of the hill to ascend / descend, a route that is not dangerous, not far away is the southeast face of the hill (face that faces Santa María de Manquehue) where you MUST NOT TRANSIT due to the risk of a serious accident. Although the route described here is not difficult to follow, if you have any doubt, you should prefer to walk north (right / left if you go up / down), in this way you avoid reaching that dangerous area. It is very important to be aware of this risk, but it should not be a reason to stop visiting this hill.&lt;br /&gt;
* The hill has no schedule restriction, but it is not a good idea to be there without daylight. You have to schedule the visit in such a way to be back in the car before sunset.&lt;br /&gt;
* A good security measure is to carry a headlight, even if it is small. In case of any unforeseen event that delays the descent, having light could be a great help to avoid an accident or spend the night on the hill. This is more advisable if you leave a week day (few people) and in the afternoon, perhaps not so much if you leave on a Sunday morning, although it is always good to be cautious.&lt;br /&gt;
* If it is your first visit, it is a good idea to go on a Saturday or Sunday morning when there are more people.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Manquehue gallery}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Trekkings Chile}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: Clasicos de Santiago Patch]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[category: KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Videos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/BYCF5CNtRe8 Video 1: The Trappists Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://youtu.be/wAue_VDdbmk Video 2: South Face Forest Route by Exploraxxion]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79389</id>
		<title>ENG:Volcán Villarrica</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79389"/>
				<updated>2018-12-19T14:20:29Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: /* Image Gallery */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Volcán Villarica]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Volcanes_del_Sur]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña, Randonnée&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Temuco&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Parque Nacional&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Insuficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=8780&lt;br /&gt;
|Tipo de Extensión Imagen=jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Volcan Villarrica.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Volcán Villarica. Septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1TT6kVy0w1bRxWu4KLl9tz26x-_Zyfqma&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Volcan Villarrica.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al Volcán Villarrica&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1399&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=0&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=2005&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=Guillermo Pollak, 1930&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=2847&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-39,391856&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-71,960032&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Hans Liechti, Travelaid&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_villarrica_.jpg‎|thumb|Mapa de pistas, Volcán Villarrica.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (5).jpg|thumb|Descanso en la ruta de ascenso del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (3).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, fin de los andariveles. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (11).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, tramo final del ascenso. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_Villarrica_(10).jpg|thumb|Cornisa de hielo y nieve en el tramo alto del Volcán Villarrica. Sept/08]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (9).jpg|thumb|Cráter del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
First ascent year 1930 by&lt;br /&gt;
Guillermo Pollak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Villarrica Volcano is an attractive ascent of [[Trekking Lacustrine Zone | the Chilean Lake District]]. It is the second most active volcano in the country (after the [[Llaima Volcano]]) and one of the most active volcanoes in the world. From its summit the volcanic activity and fumaroles are appreciated, and an excellent view of the zone is obtained, including the neighbors [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] and the highest and border [[Lanín Volcano]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between June and October, but especially around September, it is one of the best destinations in Chile to practice [[randonnée]], although on weekends it becomes too busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crater has a diameter of about 200 meters. In the center there is an open fireplace about 40 meters in diameter with a lava pit inside&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a ski center on its northern slope.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Access ski center villarrica}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_volcan_villarrica.PNG | thumb | center | 750px | Climbing profile of the Villarrica Volcano]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent begins at the Ski Center. between June and October or the beginning of November, the vehicular road is passable only to the cableway called &amp;quot;Juncalillo&amp;quot;. At that point, in winter and early spring the options are two:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay $ 7,000 and take it&lt;br /&gt;
* Walk 2 kms (this distance and drop is additional to the 8.78 kms described in this review).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Ski Center itself, also known as &amp;quot;The Cafeteria&amp;quot;, point towards the No. 5 lighter, which starts at about 200m on the right, looking towards the crater (1470m). The first part of the walk is in the direction of the house that marks the end of this lift (1,860m). In winter and spring the chair can be used, paying $ 8,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a route that leads directly to said house. The most common, however, is to advance along the vehicular road to a curve where it turns to the base station of the No. 5 lifeline. On this curve begins a path that goes up the slope of the ditch and then continues below the line of the lifeline. The last third of this stretch of the route is steeper and rockier. After 45-60 minutes of walking, you will reach the house that marks the end of the No.5 cableway and the ski fields in the center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the route goes to the left according to the direction of travel, and heads towards a rock called &amp;quot;Piedra Negra&amp;quot;, which is reached after about 15-20 minutes (2,020m). In its vicinity there is a cement construction called &amp;quot;Capilla&amp;quot;, which indicates the end of ski lift ski center that was destroyed by the volcanic eruption of 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After another 20-30 minutes through a rocky terrain the &amp;quot;Pingüinera&amp;quot; (2,250m) is reached, from where there will be snow even in the middle of summer, and which may require the use of crampons if the weather conditions have given it ice characteristics .&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From the Pingüinera, the options are different depending on the time of year. In late spring and summer more is used on the left (east), shorter but also steeper. From the autumn until mid-spring it uses the route to the right, farther west, which leads to a phylum located behind another boulder called &amp;quot;Piedra Blanca&amp;quot;, which then heads directly towards the crater. Above, both alternatives are separated by a lava flow, and are re-united to 2,730m, already very close to the crater, at the point where the route on the right crosses the wash through an opening in the rocks, at 60 -90 minutes from the Pingüinera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edge of the crater is now only about 10 minutes higher. The last section is the steepest, and the one that requires more attention if you ascend using skis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
Consider about 3 to 4 hours of promotion. It is common for groups of tourist agencies to have some slower members and the promotion takes about 5 hours. The descent takes about 2 to 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. The ideal in November and the first fortnight of December, when the snow is hard and there are not so many tourists. In January and February the influx is massive. In the middle of winter, randonnée skis are ideal, although the Villarrica Volcano has so many tourists (it can be up to 400 on a good weekend day) that the trail is usually marked even in winter, so the rackets are dispensable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exceptionally, in summer a very strong wind can blow, called '' puelche '', which does not prevent the ascent but makes it less pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
Regrettably, and due to the numerous accidents experienced in the past, the Villarrica Volcano '' 'can not be climbed independently without a valid ID card of the Chilean Federation of Andinism' ''. That is, you must be a member of a federated club. Those who are not members of one of these clubs, can only make the ascent accompanied by guides, from any of the many companies that offer this service from the city of Pucón.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that requirement, CONAF charges the right of promotion $ 4,000 per person.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hire guided promotion: REQUIRED! ===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to comply with the previous requirement, a wide offer is offered in Pucón, which normally brings groups together at 7 AM in the city. The activity is quite regulated, equipment is reviewed periodically and the guides have to be certified. Depending on the time of year and the conditions of the volcano, a maximum number of walkers per guide is determined, usually 6. The most serious agencies also have a guide assistant, if there are three or more people, who takes care of the remaining hikers halfway to the ascension due to lack of strength.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here some options (prices include equipment and transportation, but not food):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{TravelAid}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://turismoflorencia.com/wp/ Turismo Florencia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 80000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** O'Higgins 480 of. 4, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 56452444311 / + 56-9-9997 3231&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: contacto@turismoflorencia.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.puconia.cl/volcanvillarrica.php Puconia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Avda. Bernardo O'Higgins 757, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Phone: +5645443817&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: turismo@puconia.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl Mawida Adventures].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Geronimo de Alderete 656, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 564524441153 / +56 9 9715 4965&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: info@mawidadventures.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl/ascenso-volcan-villarrica/ Ascent Villarrica Volcano].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.villarricaextremo.com/volcan.html Villarrica Extremo]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.povi.cl Visual Observation Project Villarrica Volcano]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Depending on the volcanic activity of the ascent day, it may be possible to observe from a terrace on the west side of the crater explosions that throw molten and incandescent rock out of the chimney. It is essential to always be very attentive to conditions and not to get too close to the edge, especially if there has been recent snowfall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Image Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Villarrica (8).jpg| View from the Villarrica Volcano Crater to the [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] (center to the left) and [[Lanín Volcano]] (the highest in the background). Looking east, September 2008&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan_Lanin_(49).JPG| [[Volcán Villarrica]] and [[Volcán Quetrupillán]] from the summit of [[Volcán Lanín]]. November 2014&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Quetrupillan (25).jpg| Villarrica Volcano from the northern end of the [[Laguna Azul]], also part of the [[Quetrupillán Circuit - Laguna Blanca - Blue Lagoon]]. Looking west, January 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
File: Quetrupillan_Laguna_Blanca_Laguna_Azul.JPG | Villarrica Volcano from the [[Quetrupillán Circuit - Laguna Blanca - Blue Lagoon]] (Also part of the shortest route to [[Blue Lagoon]]).&lt;br /&gt;
File: MG 1958.jpg | Entrance to the park seen towards the east behind the volcano Ruka Pillañ or villarrica, Photo: Michel Baez&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79387</id>
		<title>ENG:Volcán Villarrica</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79387"/>
				<updated>2018-12-19T14:10:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Google Translate}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[ES:Volcán Villarica]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Volcanes_del_Sur]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña, Randonnée&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Temuco&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Parque Nacional&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Insuficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=8780&lt;br /&gt;
|Tipo de Extensión Imagen=jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Volcan Villarrica.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Volcán Villarica. Septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1TT6kVy0w1bRxWu4KLl9tz26x-_Zyfqma&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Volcan Villarrica.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al Volcán Villarrica&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1399&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=0&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=2005&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=Guillermo Pollak, 1930&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=2847&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-39,391856&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-71,960032&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Hans Liechti, Travelaid&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_villarrica_.jpg‎|thumb|Mapa de pistas, Volcán Villarrica.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (5).jpg|thumb|Descanso en la ruta de ascenso del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (3).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, fin de los andariveles. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (11).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, tramo final del ascenso. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_Villarrica_(10).jpg|thumb|Cornisa de hielo y nieve en el tramo alto del Volcán Villarrica. Sept/08]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (9).jpg|thumb|Cráter del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
First ascent year 1930 by&lt;br /&gt;
Guillermo Pollak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Villarrica Volcano is an attractive ascent of [[Trekking Lacustrine Zone | the Chilean Lake District]]. It is the second most active volcano in the country (after the [[Llaima Volcano]]) and one of the most active volcanoes in the world. From its summit the volcanic activity and fumaroles are appreciated, and an excellent view of the zone is obtained, including the neighbors [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] and the highest and border [[Lanín Volcano]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between June and October, but especially around September, it is one of the best destinations in Chile to practice [[randonnée]], although on weekends it becomes too busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crater has a diameter of about 200 meters. In the center there is an open fireplace about 40 meters in diameter with a lava pit inside&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a ski center on its northern slope.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Access ski center villarrica}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_volcan_villarrica.PNG | thumb | center | 750px | Climbing profile of the Villarrica Volcano]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent begins at the Ski Center. between June and October or the beginning of November, the vehicular road is passable only to the cableway called &amp;quot;Juncalillo&amp;quot;. At that point, in winter and early spring the options are two:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay $ 7,000 and take it&lt;br /&gt;
* Walk 2 kms (this distance and drop is additional to the 8.78 kms described in this review).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Ski Center itself, also known as &amp;quot;The Cafeteria&amp;quot;, point towards the No. 5 lighter, which starts at about 200m on the right, looking towards the crater (1470m). The first part of the walk is in the direction of the house that marks the end of this lift (1,860m). In winter and spring the chair can be used, paying $ 8,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a route that leads directly to said house. The most common, however, is to advance along the vehicular road to a curve where it turns to the base station of the No. 5 lifeline. On this curve begins a path that goes up the slope of the ditch and then continues below the line of the lifeline. The last third of this stretch of the route is steeper and rockier. After 45-60 minutes of walking, you will reach the house that marks the end of the No.5 cableway and the ski fields in the center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the route goes to the left according to the direction of travel, and heads towards a rock called &amp;quot;Piedra Negra&amp;quot;, which is reached after about 15-20 minutes (2,020m). In its vicinity there is a cement construction called &amp;quot;Capilla&amp;quot;, which indicates the end of ski lift ski center that was destroyed by the volcanic eruption of 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After another 20-30 minutes through a rocky terrain the &amp;quot;Pingüinera&amp;quot; (2,250m) is reached, from where there will be snow even in the middle of summer, and which may require the use of crampons if the weather conditions have given it ice characteristics .&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From the Pingüinera, the options are different depending on the time of year. In late spring and summer more is used on the left (east), shorter but also steeper. From the autumn until mid-spring it uses the route to the right, farther west, which leads to a phylum located behind another boulder called &amp;quot;Piedra Blanca&amp;quot;, which then heads directly towards the crater. Above, both alternatives are separated by a lava flow, and are re-united to 2,730m, already very close to the crater, at the point where the route on the right crosses the wash through an opening in the rocks, at 60 -90 minutes from the Pingüinera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edge of the crater is now only about 10 minutes higher. The last section is the steepest, and the one that requires more attention if you ascend using skis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
Consider about 3 to 4 hours of promotion. It is common for groups of tourist agencies to have some slower members and the promotion takes about 5 hours. The descent takes about 2 to 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. The ideal in November and the first fortnight of December, when the snow is hard and there are not so many tourists. In January and February the influx is massive. In the middle of winter, randonnée skis are ideal, although the Villarrica Volcano has so many tourists (it can be up to 400 on a good weekend day) that the trail is usually marked even in winter, so the rackets are dispensable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exceptionally, in summer a very strong wind can blow, called '' puelche '', which does not prevent the ascent but makes it less pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
Regrettably, and due to the numerous accidents experienced in the past, the Villarrica Volcano '' 'can not be climbed independently without a valid ID card of the Chilean Federation of Andinism' ''. That is, you must be a member of a federated club. Those who are not members of one of these clubs, can only make the ascent accompanied by guides, from any of the many companies that offer this service from the city of Pucón.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that requirement, CONAF charges the right of promotion $ 4,000 per person.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hire guided promotion: REQUIRED! ===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to comply with the previous requirement, a wide offer is offered in Pucón, which normally brings groups together at 7 AM in the city. The activity is quite regulated, equipment is reviewed periodically and the guides have to be certified. Depending on the time of year and the conditions of the volcano, a maximum number of walkers per guide is determined, usually 6. The most serious agencies also have a guide assistant, if there are three or more people, who takes care of the remaining hikers halfway to the ascension due to lack of strength.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here some options (prices include equipment and transportation, but not food):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{TravelAid}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://turismoflorencia.com/wp/ Turismo Florencia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 80000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** O'Higgins 480 of. 4, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 56452444311 / + 56-9-9997 3231&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: contacto@turismoflorencia.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.puconia.cl/volcanvillarrica.php Puconia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Avda. Bernardo O'Higgins 757, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Phone: +5645443817&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: turismo@puconia.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl Mawida Adventures].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Geronimo de Alderete 656, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 564524441153 / +56 9 9715 4965&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: info@mawidadventures.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl/ascenso-volcan-villarrica/ Ascent Villarrica Volcano].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.villarricaextremo.com/volcan.html Villarrica Extremo]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.povi.cl Visual Observation Project Villarrica Volcano]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Depending on the volcanic activity of the ascent day, it may be possible to observe from a terrace on the west side of the crater explosions that throw molten and incandescent rock out of the chimney. It is essential to always be very attentive to conditions and not to get too close to the edge, especially if there has been recent snowfall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Image Gallery ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Villarrica (8).jpg| View from the Villarrica Volcano Crater to the [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] (center to the left) and [[Lanín Volcano]] (the highest in the background). Looking east, September 2008&lt;br /&gt;
File: Volcan_Lanin_ (49) .JPG | [[Villarrica Volcano]] and [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] from the summit of [[Lanín Volcano]]. November 2014&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Quetrupillan (25).jpg| Villarrica Volcano from the northern end of the [[Blue Lagoon]], also part of the [[Quetrupillán Circuit - Laguna Blanca - Blue Lagoon]]. Looking west, January 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
File: Quetrupillan_Laguna_Blanca_Laguna_Azul.JPG | Villarrica Volcano from the [[Quetrupillán Circuit - Laguna Blanca - Blue Lagoon]] (Also part of the shortest route to [[Blue Lagoon]]).&lt;br /&gt;
File: MG 1958.jpg | Entrance to the park seen towards the east behind the volcano Ruka Pillañ or villarrica, Photo: Michel Baez&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79383</id>
		<title>ENG:Volcán Villarrica</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79383"/>
				<updated>2018-12-19T14:01:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[ENG:Volcán Villarica]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Volcanes_del_Sur]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{RutaForme&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña, Randonnée&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Temuco&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Parque Nacional&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Insuficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=8780&lt;br /&gt;
|Tipo de Extensión Imagen=jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Volcan Villarrica.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Volcán Villarica. Septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1TT6kVy0w1bRxWu4KLl9tz26x-_Zyfqma&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Volcan Villarrica.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al Volcán Villarrica&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1399&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=0&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=2005&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=Guillermo Pollak, 1930&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=2847&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-39,391856&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-71,960032&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Hans Liechti, Travelaid&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_villarrica_.jpg‎|thumb|Mapa de pistas, Volcán Villarrica.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (5).jpg|thumb|Descanso en la ruta de ascenso del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (3).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, fin de los andariveles. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (11).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, tramo final del ascenso. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_Villarrica_(10).jpg|thumb|Cornisa de hielo y nieve en el tramo alto del Volcán Villarrica. Sept/08]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (9).jpg|thumb|Cráter del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
First ascent year 1930 by&lt;br /&gt;
Guillermo Pollak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Villarrica Volcano is an attractive ascent of [[Trekking Lacustrine Zone | the Chilean Lake District]]. It is the second most active volcano in the country (after the [[Llaima Volcano]]) and one of the most active volcanoes in the world. From its summit the volcanic activity and fumaroles are appreciated, and an excellent view of the zone is obtained, including the neighbors [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] and the highest and border [[Lanín Volcano]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between June and October, but especially around September, it is one of the best destinations in Chile to practice [[randonnée]], although on weekends it becomes too busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crater has a diameter of about 200 meters. In the center there is an open fireplace about 40 meters in diameter with a lava pit inside&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a ski center on its northern slope.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Access ski center villarrica}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_volcan_villarrica.PNG | thumb | center | 750px | Climbing profile of the Villarrica Volcano]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent begins at the Ski Center. between June and October or the beginning of November, the vehicular road is passable only to the cableway called &amp;quot;Juncalillo&amp;quot;. At that point, in winter and early spring the options are two:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay $ 7,000 and take it&lt;br /&gt;
* Walk 2 kms (this distance and drop is additional to the 8.78 kms described in this review).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Ski Center itself, also known as &amp;quot;The Cafeteria&amp;quot;, point towards the No. 5 lighter, which starts at about 200m on the right, looking towards the crater (1470m). The first part of the walk is in the direction of the house that marks the end of this lift (1,860m). In winter and spring the chair can be used, paying $ 8,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a route that leads directly to said house. The most common, however, is to advance along the vehicular road to a curve where it turns to the base station of the No. 5 lifeline. On this curve begins a path that goes up the slope of the ditch and then continues below the line of the lifeline. The last third of this stretch of the route is steeper and rockier. After 45-60 minutes of walking, you will reach the house that marks the end of the No.5 cableway and the ski fields in the center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the route goes to the left according to the direction of travel, and heads towards a rock called &amp;quot;Piedra Negra&amp;quot;, which is reached after about 15-20 minutes (2,020m). In its vicinity there is a cement construction called &amp;quot;Capilla&amp;quot;, which indicates the end of ski lift ski center that was destroyed by the volcanic eruption of 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After another 20-30 minutes through a rocky terrain the &amp;quot;Pingüinera&amp;quot; (2,250m) is reached, from where there will be snow even in the middle of summer, and which may require the use of crampons if the weather conditions have given it ice characteristics .&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From the Pingüinera, the options are different depending on the time of year. In late spring and summer more is used on the left (east), shorter but also steeper. From the autumn until mid-spring it uses the route to the right, farther west, which leads to a phylum located behind another boulder called &amp;quot;Piedra Blanca&amp;quot;, which then heads directly towards the crater. Above, both alternatives are separated by a lava flow, and are re-united to 2,730m, already very close to the crater, at the point where the route on the right crosses the wash through an opening in the rocks, at 60 -90 minutes from the Pingüinera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edge of the crater is now only about 10 minutes higher. The last section is the steepest, and the one that requires more attention if you ascend using skis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
Consider about 3 to 4 hours of promotion. It is common for groups of tourist agencies to have some slower members and the promotion takes about 5 hours. The descent takes about 2 to 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. The ideal in November and the first fortnight of December, when the snow is hard and there are not so many tourists. In January and February the influx is massive. In the middle of winter, randonnée skis are ideal, although the Villarrica Volcano has so many tourists (it can be up to 400 on a good weekend day) that the trail is usually marked even in winter, so the rackets are dispensable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exceptionally, in summer a very strong wind can blow, called '' puelche '', which does not prevent the ascent but makes it less pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
Regrettably, and due to the numerous accidents experienced in the past, the Villarrica Volcano '' 'can not be climbed independently without a valid ID card of the Chilean Federation of Andinism' ''. That is, you must be a member of a federated club. Those who are not members of one of these clubs, can only make the ascent accompanied by guides, from any of the many companies that offer this service from the city of Pucón.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that requirement, CONAF charges the right of promotion $ 4,000 per person.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hire guided promotion: REQUIRED! ===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to comply with the previous requirement, a wide offer is offered in Pucón, which normally brings groups together at 7 AM in the city. The activity is quite regulated, equipment is reviewed periodically and the guides have to be certified. Depending on the time of year and the conditions of the volcano, a maximum number of walkers per guide is determined, usually 6. The most serious agencies also have a guide assistant, if there are three or more people, who takes care of the remaining hikers halfway to the ascension due to lack of strength.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here some options (prices include equipment and transportation, but not food):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{TravelAid}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://turismoflorencia.com/wp/ Turismo Florencia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 80000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** O'Higgins 480 of. 4, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 56452444311 / + 56-9-9997 3231&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: contacto@turismoflorencia.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.puconia.cl/volcanvillarrica.php Puconia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Avda. Bernardo O'Higgins 757, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Phone: +5645443817&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: turismo@puconia.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl Mawida Adventures].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Geronimo de Alderete 656, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 564524441153 / +56 9 9715 4965&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: info@mawidadventures.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl/ascenso-volcan-villarrica/ Ascent Villarrica Volcano].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.villarricaextremo.com/volcan.html Villarrica Extremo]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.povi.cl Visual Observation Project Villarrica Volcano]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Depending on the volcanic activity of the ascent day, it may be possible to observe from a terrace on the west side of the crater explosions that throw molten and incandescent rock out of the chimney. It is essential to always be very attentive to conditions and not to get too close to the edge, especially if there has been recent snowfall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galería de Imágenes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Villarrica (8).jpg|Vista desde el Cráter del Volcán Villarrica al [[Volcán Quetrupillán]] (al centro a la izquierda) y al [[Volcán Lanín]] (el más alto del fondo). Mirando al este, septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan_Lanin_(49).JPG|[[Volcán Villarrica]] y [[volcán Quetrupillán]] desde la cumbre del [[Volcán Lanín]]. Noviembre de 2014&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Quetrupillan (25).jpg|Volcán Villarrica desde el extremo norte de la [[Laguna Azul]], también parte del [[Circuito Quetrupillán - Laguna Blanca - Laguna Azul]]. Mirando al oeste, enero de 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Quetrupillan_Laguna_Blanca_Laguna_Azul.JPG| Volcán Villarrica desde el [[Circuito Quetrupillán - Laguna Blanca - Laguna Azul]] (También parte de la ruta más corta a [[Laguna Azul]]). &lt;br /&gt;
File:MG 1958.jpg | Ingreso al parque vista hacia el oriente a espaldas el volcan Ruka Pillañ o  villarrica, Foto: Michel Baez&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79382</id>
		<title>ENG:Volcán Villarrica</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79382"/>
				<updated>2018-12-19T13:50:14Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[ENG:Villarica Volcano]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Volcanes_del_Sur]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña, Randonnée&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Temuco&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Parque Nacional&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Insuficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=8780&lt;br /&gt;
|Tipo de Extensión Imagen=jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Volcan Villarrica.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Volcán Villarica. Septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1TT6kVy0w1bRxWu4KLl9tz26x-_Zyfqma&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Volcan Villarrica.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al Volcán Villarrica&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1399&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=0&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=2005&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=Guillermo Pollak, 1930&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=2847&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-39,391856&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-71,960032&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Hans Liechti, Travelaid&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_villarrica_.jpg‎|thumb|Mapa de pistas, Volcán Villarrica.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (5).jpg|thumb|Descanso en la ruta de ascenso del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (3).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, fin de los andariveles. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (11).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, tramo final del ascenso. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_Villarrica_(10).jpg|thumb|Cornisa de hielo y nieve en el tramo alto del Volcán Villarrica. Sept/08]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (9).jpg|thumb|Cráter del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== General Description ==&lt;br /&gt;
First ascent year 1930 by&lt;br /&gt;
Guillermo Pollak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Villarrica Volcano is an attractive ascent of [[Trekking Lacustrine Zone | the Chilean Lake District]]. It is the second most active volcano in the country (after the [[Llaima Volcano]]) and one of the most active volcanoes in the world. From its summit the volcanic activity and fumaroles are appreciated, and an excellent view of the zone is obtained, including the neighbors [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] and the highest and border [[Lanín Volcano]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between June and October, but especially around September, it is one of the best destinations in Chile to practice [[randonnée]], although on weekends it becomes too busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crater has a diameter of about 200 meters. In the center there is an open fireplace about 40 meters in diameter with a lava pit inside&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a ski center on its northern slope.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Access ski center villarrica}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_volcan_villarrica.PNG | thumb | center | 750px | Climbing profile of the Villarrica Volcano]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent begins at the Ski Center. between June and October or the beginning of November, the vehicular road is passable only to the cableway called &amp;quot;Juncalillo&amp;quot;. At that point, in winter and early spring the options are two:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay $ 7,000 and take it&lt;br /&gt;
* Walk 2 kms (this distance and drop is additional to the 8.78 kms described in this review).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Ski Center itself, also known as &amp;quot;The Cafeteria&amp;quot;, point towards the No. 5 lighter, which starts at about 200m on the right, looking towards the crater (1470m). The first part of the walk is in the direction of the house that marks the end of this lift (1,860m). In winter and spring the chair can be used, paying $ 8,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a route that leads directly to said house. The most common, however, is to advance along the vehicular road to a curve where it turns to the base station of the No. 5 lifeline. On this curve begins a path that goes up the slope of the ditch and then continues below the line of the lifeline. The last third of this stretch of the route is steeper and rockier. After 45-60 minutes of walking, you will reach the house that marks the end of the No.5 cableway and the ski fields in the center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the route goes to the left according to the direction of travel, and heads towards a rock called &amp;quot;Piedra Negra&amp;quot;, which is reached after about 15-20 minutes (2,020m). In its vicinity there is a cement construction called &amp;quot;Capilla&amp;quot;, which indicates the end of ski lift ski center that was destroyed by the volcanic eruption of 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After another 20-30 minutes through a rocky terrain the &amp;quot;Pingüinera&amp;quot; (2,250m) is reached, from where there will be snow even in the middle of summer, and which may require the use of crampons if the weather conditions have given it ice characteristics .&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From the Pingüinera, the options are different depending on the time of year. In late spring and summer more is used on the left (east), shorter but also steeper. From the autumn until mid-spring it uses the route to the right, farther west, which leads to a phylum located behind another boulder called &amp;quot;Piedra Blanca&amp;quot;, which then heads directly towards the crater. Above, both alternatives are separated by a lava flow, and are re-united to 2,730m, already very close to the crater, at the point where the route on the right crosses the wash through an opening in the rocks, at 60 -90 minutes from the Pingüinera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edge of the crater is now only about 10 minutes higher. The last section is the steepest, and the one that requires more attention if you ascend using skis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
Consider about 3 to 4 hours of promotion. It is common for groups of tourist agencies to have some slower members and the promotion takes about 5 hours. The descent takes about 2 to 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. The ideal in November and the first fortnight of December, when the snow is hard and there are not so many tourists. In January and February the influx is massive. In the middle of winter, randonnée skis are ideal, although the Villarrica Volcano has so many tourists (it can be up to 400 on a good weekend day) that the trail is usually marked even in winter, so the rackets are dispensable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exceptionally, in summer a very strong wind can blow, called '' puelche '', which does not prevent the ascent but makes it less pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
Regrettably, and due to the numerous accidents experienced in the past, the Villarrica Volcano '' 'can not be climbed independently without a valid ID card of the Chilean Federation of Andinism' ''. That is, you must be a member of a federated club. Those who are not members of one of these clubs, can only make the ascent accompanied by guides, from any of the many companies that offer this service from the city of Pucón.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that requirement, CONAF charges the right of promotion $ 4,000 per person.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hire guided promotion: REQUIRED! ===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to comply with the previous requirement, a wide offer is offered in Pucón, which normally brings groups together at 7 AM in the city. The activity is quite regulated, equipment is reviewed periodically and the guides have to be certified. Depending on the time of year and the conditions of the volcano, a maximum number of walkers per guide is determined, usually 6. The most serious agencies also have a guide assistant, if there are three or more people, who takes care of the remaining hikers halfway to the ascension due to lack of strength.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here some options (prices include equipment and transportation, but not food):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{TravelAid}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://turismoflorencia.com/wp/ Turismo Florencia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 80000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** O'Higgins 480 of. 4, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 56452444311 / + 56-9-9997 3231&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: contacto@turismoflorencia.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.puconia.cl/volcanvillarrica.php Puconia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Avda. Bernardo O'Higgins 757, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Phone: +5645443817&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: turismo@puconia.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl Mawida Adventures].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Geronimo de Alderete 656, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 564524441153 / +56 9 9715 4965&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: info@mawidadventures.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl/ascenso-volcan-villarrica/ Ascent Villarrica Volcano].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.villarricaextremo.com/volcan.html Villarrica Extremo]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.povi.cl Visual Observation Project Villarrica Volcano]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Depending on the volcanic activity of the ascent day, it may be possible to observe from a terrace on the west side of the crater explosions that throw molten and incandescent rock out of the chimney. It is essential to always be very attentive to conditions and not to get too close to the edge, especially if there has been recent snowfall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galería de Imágenes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Villarrica (8).jpg|Vista desde el Cráter del Volcán Villarrica al [[Volcán Quetrupillán]] (al centro a la izquierda) y al [[Volcán Lanín]] (el más alto del fondo). Mirando al este, septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan_Lanin_(49).JPG|[[Volcán Villarrica]] y [[volcán Quetrupillán]] desde la cumbre del [[Volcán Lanín]]. Noviembre de 2014&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Quetrupillan (25).jpg|Volcán Villarrica desde el extremo norte de la [[Laguna Azul]], también parte del [[Circuito Quetrupillán - Laguna Blanca - Laguna Azul]]. Mirando al oeste, enero de 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Quetrupillan_Laguna_Blanca_Laguna_Azul.JPG| Volcán Villarrica desde el [[Circuito Quetrupillán - Laguna Blanca - Laguna Azul]] (También parte de la ruta más corta a [[Laguna Azul]]). &lt;br /&gt;
File:MG 1958.jpg | Ingreso al parque vista hacia el oriente a espaldas el volcan Ruka Pillañ o  villarrica, Foto: Michel Baez&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79381</id>
		<title>ENG:Volcán Villarrica</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.wikiexplora.com/index.php?title=ENG:Volc%C3%A1n_Villarrica&amp;diff=79381"/>
				<updated>2018-12-19T13:47:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Abaranao: Página creada con «ENG:Villarica Volcano {{Indexada}} category:KMZconTrack Category:Parche_Volcanes_del_Sur |Actividad=Montaña, Randonnée |País=Chile |CiudadesChile=Temuco |Bel...»&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[ENG:Villarica Volcano]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Indexada}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:KMZconTrack]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Parche_Volcanes_del_Sur]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Actividad=Montaña, Randonnée&lt;br /&gt;
|País=Chile&lt;br /&gt;
|CiudadesChile=Temuco&lt;br /&gt;
|BellezaEscenica=Atractiva&lt;br /&gt;
|Atractivos=Vistas panorámicas, Glaciar, Parque Nacional&lt;br /&gt;
|Duracion=1 día&lt;br /&gt;
|Dificultad Técnica=Muy Fácil&lt;br /&gt;
|Sendero=Siempre Claro&lt;br /&gt;
|Señalizacion=Insuficiente&lt;br /&gt;
|Infraestructura=Inexistente&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoTrek=Ascensión Cerro&lt;br /&gt;
|Distancia=8780&lt;br /&gt;
|Tipo de Extensión Imagen=jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|Imágen Principal=Volcan Villarrica.JPG&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosImagen=Volcán Villarica. Septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
|m=https://www.google.com/maps/d/u/0/embed?mid=1TT6kVy0w1bRxWu4KLl9tz26x-_Zyfqma&lt;br /&gt;
|KMLZ=Volcan Villarrica.kmz&lt;br /&gt;
|ComparteIdayRetorno=Ida y Retorno por la misma ruta&lt;br /&gt;
|TipoDeMap=HYBRID&lt;br /&gt;
|ComentariosMapa=Ruta de ascenso al Volcán Villarrica&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosAscenso=1399&lt;br /&gt;
|MetrosDescenso=0&lt;br /&gt;
|Comentarios distancia=&lt;br /&gt;
|AltitudMedia=2005&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer ascenso=Guillermo Pollak, 1930&lt;br /&gt;
|Altitud=2847&lt;br /&gt;
|Latitud1=-39,391856&lt;br /&gt;
|Longitud1=-71,960032&lt;br /&gt;
|Primer Autor=Hans Liechti, Travelaid&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_villarrica_.jpg‎|thumb|Mapa de pistas, Volcán Villarrica.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (5).jpg|thumb|Descanso en la ruta de ascenso del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (3).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, fin de los andariveles. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (11).jpg|thumb|Volcán Villarrica, tramo final del ascenso. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan_Villarrica_(10).jpg|thumb|Cornisa de hielo y nieve en el tramo alto del Volcán Villarrica. Sept/08]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Volcan Villarrica (9).jpg|thumb|Cráter del Volcán Villarrica. Septiembre de 2008]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Descripción General==&lt;br /&gt;
Primer ascenso año 1930 por&lt;br /&gt;
Guillermo Pollak&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Villarrica Volcano is an attractive ascent of [[Trekking Lacustrine Zone | the Chilean Lake District]]. It is the second most active volcano in the country (after the [[Llaima Volcano]]) and one of the most active volcanoes in the world. From its summit the volcanic activity and fumaroles are appreciated, and an excellent view of the zone is obtained, including the neighbors [[Quetrupillán Volcano]] and the highest and border [[Lanín Volcano]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Between June and October, but especially around September, it is one of the best destinations in Chile to practice [[randonnée]], although on weekends it becomes too busy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crater has a diameter of about 200 meters. In the center there is an open fireplace about 40 meters in diameter with a lava pit inside&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a ski center on its northern slope.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Access ski center villarrica}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Description of the route ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File: Perfil_volcan_villarrica.PNG | thumb | center | 750px | Climbing profile of the Villarrica Volcano]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ascent begins at the Ski Center. between June and October or the beginning of November, the vehicular road is passable only to the cableway called &amp;quot;Juncalillo&amp;quot;. At that point, in winter and early spring the options are two:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pay $ 7,000 and take it&lt;br /&gt;
* Walk 2 kms (this distance and drop is additional to the 8.78 kms described in this review).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Ski Center itself, also known as &amp;quot;The Cafeteria&amp;quot;, point towards the No. 5 lighter, which starts at about 200m on the right, looking towards the crater (1470m). The first part of the walk is in the direction of the house that marks the end of this lift (1,860m). In winter and spring the chair can be used, paying $ 8,000.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a route that leads directly to said house. The most common, however, is to advance along the vehicular road to a curve where it turns to the base station of the No. 5 lifeline. On this curve begins a path that goes up the slope of the ditch and then continues below the line of the lifeline. The last third of this stretch of the route is steeper and rockier. After 45-60 minutes of walking, you will reach the house that marks the end of the No.5 cableway and the ski fields in the center.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this point, the route goes to the left according to the direction of travel, and heads towards a rock called &amp;quot;Piedra Negra&amp;quot;, which is reached after about 15-20 minutes (2,020m). In its vicinity there is a cement construction called &amp;quot;Capilla&amp;quot;, which indicates the end of ski lift ski center that was destroyed by the volcanic eruption of 1971.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After another 20-30 minutes through a rocky terrain the &amp;quot;Pingüinera&amp;quot; (2,250m) is reached, from where there will be snow even in the middle of summer, and which may require the use of crampons if the weather conditions have given it ice characteristics .&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
From the Pingüinera, the options are different depending on the time of year. In late spring and summer more is used on the left (east), shorter but also steeper. From the autumn until mid-spring it uses the route to the right, farther west, which leads to a phylum located behind another boulder called &amp;quot;Piedra Blanca&amp;quot;, which then heads directly towards the crater. Above, both alternatives are separated by a lava flow, and are re-united to 2,730m, already very close to the crater, at the point where the route on the right crosses the wash through an opening in the rocks, at 60 -90 minutes from the Pingüinera.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The edge of the crater is now only about 10 minutes higher. The last section is the steepest, and the one that requires more attention if you ascend using skis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Expected Time ===&lt;br /&gt;
Consider about 3 to 4 hours of promotion. It is common for groups of tourist agencies to have some slower members and the promotion takes about 5 hours. The descent takes about 2 to 3 hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Appropriate time ==&lt;br /&gt;
All year. The ideal in November and the first fortnight of December, when the snow is hard and there are not so many tourists. In January and February the influx is massive. In the middle of winter, randonnée skis are ideal, although the Villarrica Volcano has so many tourists (it can be up to 400 on a good weekend day) that the trail is usually marked even in winter, so the rackets are dispensable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exceptionally, in summer a very strong wind can blow, called '' puelche '', which does not prevent the ascent but makes it less pleasant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Permits / Rates ==&lt;br /&gt;
Regrettably, and due to the numerous accidents experienced in the past, the Villarrica Volcano '' 'can not be climbed independently without a valid ID card of the Chilean Federation of Andinism' ''. That is, you must be a member of a federated club. Those who are not members of one of these clubs, can only make the ascent accompanied by guides, from any of the many companies that offer this service from the city of Pucón.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from that requirement, CONAF charges the right of promotion $ 4,000 per person.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Hire guided promotion: REQUIRED! ===&lt;br /&gt;
In order to comply with the previous requirement, a wide offer is offered in Pucón, which normally brings groups together at 7 AM in the city. The activity is quite regulated, equipment is reviewed periodically and the guides have to be certified. Depending on the time of year and the conditions of the volcano, a maximum number of walkers per guide is determined, usually 6. The most serious agencies also have a guide assistant, if there are three or more people, who takes care of the remaining hikers halfway to the ascension due to lack of strength.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here some options (prices include equipment and transportation, but not food):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{TravelAid}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are also the following options:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://turismoflorencia.com/wp/ Turismo Florencia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 80000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** O'Higgins 480 of. 4, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 56452444311 / + 56-9-9997 3231&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: contacto@turismoflorencia.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.puconia.cl/volcanvillarrica.php Puconia].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Avda. Bernardo O'Higgins 757, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Phone: +5645443817&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: turismo@puconia.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl Mawida Adventures].&lt;br /&gt;
** Value per person: {{pesos to dollars | 85000}}&lt;br /&gt;
** Geronimo de Alderete 656, Pucón&lt;br /&gt;
** Telephones: + 564524441153 / +56 9 9715 4965&lt;br /&gt;
** Email: info@mawidadventures.cl&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://mawidadventures.cl/ascenso-volcan-villarrica/ Ascent Villarrica Volcano].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.villarricaextremo.com/volcan.html Villarrica Extremo]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== External Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.povi.cl Visual Observation Project Villarrica Volcano]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recommendations ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Depending on the volcanic activity of the ascent day, it may be possible to observe from a terrace on the west side of the crater explosions that throw molten and incandescent rock out of the chimney. It is essential to always be very attentive to conditions and not to get too close to the edge, especially if there has been recent snowfall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Galería de Imágenes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Villarrica (8).jpg|Vista desde el Cráter del Volcán Villarrica al [[Volcán Quetrupillán]] (al centro a la izquierda) y al [[Volcán Lanín]] (el más alto del fondo). Mirando al este, septiembre de 2008&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan_Lanin_(49).JPG|[[Volcán Villarrica]] y [[volcán Quetrupillán]] desde la cumbre del [[Volcán Lanín]]. Noviembre de 2014&lt;br /&gt;
File:Volcan Quetrupillan (25).jpg|Volcán Villarrica desde el extremo norte de la [[Laguna Azul]], también parte del [[Circuito Quetrupillán - Laguna Blanca - Laguna Azul]]. Mirando al oeste, enero de 2015]]&lt;br /&gt;
File:Quetrupillan_Laguna_Blanca_Laguna_Azul.JPG| Volcán Villarrica desde el [[Circuito Quetrupillán - Laguna Blanca - Laguna Azul]] (También parte de la ruta más corta a [[Laguna Azul]]). &lt;br /&gt;
File:MG 1958.jpg | Ingreso al parque vista hacia el oriente a espaldas el volcan Ruka Pillañ o  villarrica, Foto: Michel Baez&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{trekkings Chile}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Abaranao</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>